United States
             Environmental Protection
             Office of
             Solid Waste
             Washington DC 20460
October 1986
             SolkJ
&EPA
RCRA
Facility  Assessment
Guidance

-------
 RCWA
Permits and S t * t R Programs n1v1s1o n
       Office of So! id Waste
U.S. Environmental  Protection  Agency

-------
    Ihp document  was  prpp.i rnd by the  joint  efforts of the following
o
-------
                           TABLE  OF   CONTENTS

                                                                      Page
CHAPTER  ONE  -    INTRODUCTION

   I.   OBJECTIVES   AND  SCOPE   OF   THE   RCRA  CORRECTIVE
       ACTION   PROGRAM                                                1-1

  II.   PURPOSE  OF THE  RFA                                           1-2

 III.   SCOPE  OF  THE  RFA                                             1-3

  IV.   TECHNICAL   APPROACH                                           1-5

   V.   ORGANIZATION   OF  THIS   DOCUMENT                              1-9

CHAPTER  TWO  -   CONDUCTING  A  PRELIMINARY   REVIEW

        INTRODUCTION                                                  2-1

       A.    Purpose                                                   2-1
       B.    Scope                                                     2-1
       C.    Product                                                   2-2

  II.   GATHERING   PR   INFORMATION                                    2-2

       A.    Written   Information   and   Documents                     2-3
       B.    Meeting   with   Relevant  Individuals                     2-5
       C.    Collecting   Additional   Information                     2-6

 III.   EVALUATING  PR   INFORMATION                                   2-6

       A.     Investigating   Facility  Waste   Generation
            Processes                                                2-6
       B.    Identifying   SWMUs  and  Other   Potential
            Releases   of  Concern                                     2-7
       C.    Evaluating  the   Facility's  Release  Potential          2-8

   IV.   COMPLETING  THE   PRELIMINARY   REVIEW                         2-11

       A.     Identifying  Significant  Data  Gaps                     2-12
        B.    Focusing  the  Visual   Site   Inspection  and
            Samp ling  Visit                                          2-12
        C.    Documenting  the   Preliminary   Review                    2-13

 CHAPTER  THREE  -  CONDUCTING  A   VISUAL  SITE  INSPECTION

        INTRODUCTION                                                 3-1

        A.    Purpose                                                   3-1
        B.    Scope                                                    3-1
        C.    Product                                                    3-1

-------
                                                                    Page

 II.    PLANNING   THE   VISUAL  SITE   INSPECTION                      3-2

III.    CONDUCTING  THE  FIELD  ACTIVITES  DURING  THE  VSI           3-2

       A.   Obtaining   Visual  Evidence  of  Unit
           Characteristics                                         3-4
       B.   Obtaining   Visual  Evidence  of  Waste
           Characteristics                                         3-4
       C.   Obtaining  Visual  Evidence   of  pollutant
           Migration   Pathways                                     3-4
       D.   Obtaining  Visual  Evidence   of  Release                3-5
       E.   Obtaining  Visual  Evidence   of  Exposure
           Potential                                                3-5

 IV.    IV.  DETERMINING  THE  NEED  FOR  FURTHER  ACTION
       DURING  THE  RFA                                              3-5

       A.   Determining  the  Need  for  a  Sampling   Visit           3-6
       B.   Determining  the  Need  for   Interim   Measures           3-7
       C.   determining  the  Need  for  a  Remedial
            Investigation                                           3-7

CHAPTER  FOUR  -  CONDUCTING  THE  SAMPLING  VISIT

   I.    INTRODUCTION                                                 4-1

       A.   Purpose                                                 4-1
       B.   Scope                                                   4-1
       C.   Product                                                 4-2

  II.    DEVELOPING  A   SAMPLING   VISIT  PLAN                         4-2

       A.   Determining  the Need  for   Sampling  at  Facilities    4-2
       B.   Developing  a   Sampling   Plan                            4-4

 Ml.    PREPARING  FOR  THE  SAMPLING   VISIT                         4-8

       A.   Gaining   Facility  Access                               4-9
       B.   Community  Relations                                   4-10
       C.   Preparing  a   Safety   Plan                               4-1o
       D.   EPA   Oversight  of   Owner/Operator   Sampling
           Act i v i t i es                                              4-11

  IV.    CONDUCTING  THE  SAMPLING  VISIT                            4-11

       A.   Preliminary   Site   Activities                          4-11
       B.   Samp I ing   Procedures                                   4-12
       C.   Photography                                             4-12
       D.   Logbook                                                 4-13
       E.   Sample   Shipment/Sample   Analysis                      4-14
       F.   Decontamination/Demobilization                       4-14

-------
                                                                    Page

  V.    FINAL  RFA  RECOMMENDATIONS  FOR  FURTHER  ACTION            4~14

       A.    Making   RFA  Release  Determinations                    4-14
       B.    Making  Recommendations  for  Each  SWMU  or
            Group  of  SWMUs                                         4-15

 VI.    FINAL  RFA  PRODUCT                                          4-18

CHAPTER  FIVE   -   GROUND   WATER

   I.    INTRODUCTION                                                5-1

       A.    Purpose                                                 5-1
       B.    Scope                                                   5-1

  II.    CONDUCTING  A  PRELIMINARY  REVIEW  AND  VISUAL  SITE
       INSPECTION   OF   GROUND-WATER  RELEASE   POTENTIAL            5-2

       A.    Unit   Characteristics                                  5-2
       B.    Waste  Characteristics                                 5-7
       C.    Pol Iutant  Migration   Pathways                         5-9
       D.    Evidence   of  Release                                   5-9
       E.    Exposure  Potential                                     5-1o
       F.    Determining   the   Need  for  Additional
            Sampling   Information                                  5-11

 III.   COLLECTING  ADDITIONAL   SAMPLING   INFORMATION
        IN  THE SV                                                    5-14

       A.    Sampling  of   Existing   Ground-Water
            Mon itori ng  We I Is                                        5-14
       B.   Soi I   Sampl ing                                           5-17
       C.   Soil   Gas   Monitoring                                    5-17
       D.   Electromagnetic   Conductivity  Mapping                 5-19
       E.   Sampling  of  Domestic  Wells                            5-20
       F.   Installation  Of  New  Monitoring   Wells                 5-20

  IV.   MAKING  GROUND-WATER   RELEASE  DETERMINATIONS               5-21

 CHAPTER   SIX   -   SURFACE  WATER

   I.    INTRODUCTION                                                 6-1

       A.   Purpose                                                  6-1
        B.   Scope                                                    6-1

-------
                                                                   Page

 II.   CONDUCTING  A  PRELIMINARY  REVIEW  AND  VISUAL  SITE
       INSPECTION  OF   RELEASES  TO  SURFACE  WATER                  6-2

      A.   Unit   Characteristics                                   6-2
      B.   Waste   Characteristics                                  6-5
      C.   Pollutant   Migration  Pathways                          6-6
      D.   Evidence  of  Release                                    6-8
      E.   Exposure  Potential                                      6-9
      F.   Determining  the  Need  for  Additional   Sampling        6-10

III.   COLLECTING   ADDITIONAL  SAMPLING   INFORMATION  IN  THE  SV   6-12

      A.   Surface  Water   Sampling                                 6-13
      B.   Sludge  and  Sediment  Sampling                          6-14
      C.   Soi I   Sampl ing                                           6-14
      D.   Run-Off  Sampling                                       6-14

  IV.   MAKING  SURFACE  WATER   RELEASE   DETERMINATIONS             6-15

CHAPTER   SEVEN   -  AIR

   I.     INTRODUCTION                                                 7-1

      A.   Purpose                                                  7-1

  II.    CONDUCTING   A   PRELIMINARY   REVIEW   AND  VISUAL
       SITE  INSPECTION  OF  AIR  RELEASE   POTENTIAL                7-2

       A.   Unit  Characteristics                                   7-2
       B.   Waste   Characteristics                                  7-6
       C.   Pollutant   Migration  Pathway                           7-13
       D.   Evidence  of  Release                                    7-13
       E.   Exposure   Potential                                     7-14
       F.   Determining  the   Need   for   Additional
           Sampling    Information                                   7-15

       OBTAINING   ADDITIONAL  SAMPLING   INFORMATION               7-16

       MAKING   RELEASE  DETERMINATIONS                             7-18

CHAPTER   EIGHT -  SUBSURFACE  GAS

   I.    INTRODUCTION                                                8-1

       A.  Purpose                                                 8-1
        R.  Scope                                                   8-1

  II.    CONDUCTING  A   PRELIMINARY  REVIEW  AND  VISUAL  SITE
        INSPECTION  OF   SUBSURFACE   GAS   RELEASE  POTENTIAL         8-2

        A.  Unit  Characteristics                                   8-2
        B.  Waste  Characteristics                                 8-5
        C.   Pollutant   Migration   Pathways                         8-9

-------
                                                                    Page

       D.   Evidence  of  Release                                    8-10
       E.   Exposure   Potential                                     8-10
       F.   Determining   the   Need   for   Additional
           Sampling  in  the   SV                                     8-11

III.   COLLECTING   ADDITIONAL   INFORMATION  IN  THE  SV              8-12

  IV.    MAKING  SUBSURFACE  GAS  RELEASE  DETERMINATIONS            8-14

CHAPTER  NINE  -   SOILS

   I.    INTRODUCTION                                                9-I

       A.   Purpose                                                 9-1
       B.   Scope                                                    9-1

  II.    CONDUCTING   A  PRELIMINARY  REVIEW  AND  VISUAL
       SITE  INSPECTION  OF  RELEASES   TO  SOILS                     9-2

       A.   Unit   Characteristics                                  9-2
       B.   Waste   Characteristics                                 9-5
       C.   Pollutant  Migration   Pathways                         9-6
       D.   Evidence  of  a  Release                                 9-7
       E.   Exposure  Potential                                     9-7
       F.   Determining  the   Need  for  Additional  Sampling       9-8

 III.   COLLECTING   ADDITIONAL  SAMPLING   INFORMATION
        IN  THE  SV                                                   9-10

       A.   General   Information   on   Selecting   Sampling
            Locat i ons                                               9-10
       B.    Sampling  Methodology  and   Evaluation  of   Results     9-11

  IV.   MAKING  A   RELEASE   DETERMINATION                           9-12


APPENDIX  A  -  SAMPLE  RFA  REPORT  OUTLINE

APPENDIX  B  -  RFA   INFORMATION   SOURCES

APPENDIX  C  -  SAMPLE  LETTER   OF   REQUEST  FOR  OWNER/OPERATOR
                INFORMATION

APPENDIX  D  -  GAINING   FACILITY   ACCESS   WHEN   DENIED

APPENDIX  E  -  PHYSICAL  AND   CHEMICAL   PARAMETERS   FOR
                CONSTITUENTS   OF  CONCERN

-------
                        LIST  OF  EXHIBITS
           jor Factor":  t

r*  !      Ranking nf  :«,,M  I" -5* *>n t 1 ^ 1  for rirotint! WAter
         Releases  A r> .<  M p • h ^ n i s m «;  of Release                5-4

" - 'J      M o n i t o r i n q  w n n  i n « 4 t: i i) n                          5 - 1 £

^  ^      r, hpckllst  f •? r- ri r t\>«N(t y fl tp r R ft 1 ea s es               5-2?

•"'•'.      Ranking of  :>nU  P.ii^ntial  for Surface Water
         R^lsase and  MP r:h a n ' sms of  Release          •       6-4

" - ?      Checklist  for stirf^rp  Wat pr Release               6-17

"-1      Unit Potential  for Air Releases and
         Hethan1$m$ofRe1ease                              7-4

~ -'*      Parameters  anrt  Measures  for Use In Evaluating
         Potential  Air Re1p*5t>s n?  Hazardous Waste
         Constituents                                       7 _ j

- - 1      Hazardous  Constituents of  Concern as Vapor  •
         Rel eases                                           7-8

7 --4      Hazardous  Constituents of  Concern as
         •Part leu late  Releases                              7- 10

7-5      Checklist  for Air  Release's                        7-20

3-1      Unit Potential  for .Stihsurf ace Gas Releases
         and Mechanisms  of  'Release                          8-4

3-2      Subsurface  Ras  Generation /Migration ie  a
         Landfill                     "                     8_6

R-3      Suhsurface  fia?  Generation /Migration from
         Units Closed  at -Landfills    '                      8-7

fl-4      Cherklfst  for  iiihsiirfacp fias Releases             fl-15

9-1      Ranking •; f  Unit  Potential  for Soil Release
         ai'dMerhanitfflcnfRplpase                          q«3

         I': h o r t 1 i s t  fMrRplnflSPstoSoH';                   9-14

-------
                           CHAPTER ONF

                                  c now
'     OBJECTIVES AND SCOPF  OF THE RCRA CORRECT I VF ACTION PROGRAM

     Ihe primary objective nf the RCRA corrective action program
< -".  * f •  r. lean up releases M h,-»?<, t i v y-, ,  These new authorities are:

     15  §3004 (u ) - Correct] vfc Actl on for J^jHi^iiuj nj Rejea^fes

        Requires that any  permit issued after November 3, 1984,
        require corrective a < ; 1 1 o n for all  releases  from solid
        waste management units  at the facility.  The provision
        also requires that owner/operators demonstrate financial
        assurance for any  re quired corrective action, and allows
        schedules of compliance to be used in permits where the
        corrective action  cannot be completed prior to. permit
        issuance.

        |3Q08(h ) - jnter 1 m 5 1 B t us C Q££fe c 1 1 ye A c t i on Orders

        Provides authority to issue enforcement  orders to com.pel
        corrective .action  or other response measures at Interim
       .status facilities, and to take civil action against
        facilities for appropriate re lief.

        §3004 (y ) - Cor rective Action Beyond the  Facility Boundary

        Directs EPA to issue regulations requiring  corr-ective
        action beyond the  facility boundary where necessary tn
        protect human healtSi and the environment, unless the
        owner/operator can demonstrate that he  Is unable to
        obtain the necessary permission, despite his best efforts
        Until such regulations are promulgated,  corrective  action
        orders can be issued to require the necessary corrective
        a r t i o n „•

     These authorities change the  focus of the  RCRA corrective
action program from detecting dnd  correcting future releases  from
regulated  units to cleaning up problems resulting  from  past waste
management practices at RCRA facilities.   Prior  to  passage  of  the
H S W A ^ EPA's authority to  require  corrective  action  for  releases
of ha/ardo'.js constituents under RCRA was  limited  to ground  water
releases  from units  that  were covered  by  RCRA  perm-Its.   Part  ?64,

-------
Subpart F  provided the vehicle for requiring  corrective  action  at
these "regulated units*.   The post-HSWA program extends  RCRA
authority  to releases to  all  media and  all  units at  RCRA facili-
ties and encourages the use of other authorities,  as  needed  or
appropriate, to help achieve corrective action  objective*  at
those facilities.

     The RCRA corrective  action program consists of  three  phases:

     1.  The RCRA Facility Assessment (ftFA)  to  identify  releases
         or potential releases requiring further investigation,

     ?.  The RCRA Facility Investigation (Rrl)  to  fully  charac-
         terize the extent of releases.

     3.  Corrective Measures (CM) to determine  the need  for  and
         extent of remedial measures.  This  step Includes  the
         selection and implementation of appropriate remedies
         for all problems identified.

     This  guidance document describes the first phase of this
process and  outlines procedures and criteria EPA  and State
personnel  should follow in conducting RFAs'at RCRA facilities.


1 I.   PURPOSE OF THE RFA

     The RCRA facility Assessment is a  three-st.age process for:

     o  Identifying and gathering information on releases  at
        RCRA facilities;

     o  Evaluating solid  waste management units (SWMUs)  and  other
        areas of concern  for releases to all  media and regulated
        units for releases to media other than  ground water;

     o  Making preliminary determinations regarding  releases of
        concern and the need for further actions and Interim
        measures at the facility; and

     o  Screening from further investigation those SWMUs which
        do not pose a threat to human health or the  environment.

During the RFA, EPA or State investigators will gather information
on  SWMUs and other areas  of concern at  RCRA facilities.   They will
evaluate this information  to determine whether there are releases
that warrant further investigation or other action at these
facilities.  Upon completion of the RFA, Agency personnel  should
have sufficient information to determine the need to proceed to
the  second phase  (RFI) of  the process.

     All three steps of the RFA require the collection and analy-
sis  of data to support initial release determinations:
                               1-2

-------
     o   The  preliminary  review  (PR)  focuses  primarily  on  eval-
        uating  existing  Information,  such  as  Inspection  reports,
        permit  applications,  historical  monitoring  data,  and
        Interviews  with  State personnel  who  are  familiar  with
        the  facility.

     o   The  visual  site  Inspection  (VSI)  entails  the on-site
        collection  of  visual  information  to  obtain  additional
        evidence of r  i ease ,

     n   The  sampling visit  (SV)  fills data gaps  that remain  upon
        completion  of  the  PR  and VSI  by  obtaining sampling  and
        field data .


Ill,  SCOPE OF THE RFA

     Fh i >,*. section addresses:

     o   Releases covered in  the  RFA;

     o   Relation of the  RFA  to  the  CERCLA PA/SI;

     o   The  extent  and role  of  sampling  In the RFA; and

     o   Roles and responsibilities.

     Rj^ eases Coyered  In the  RFA

     The RFA should Identify  all areas.of potential release at
RCRA  facilities and Include  the  Investigation of releases to all
media:  air,  surface water,  ground water, and soils.  However,
ground  water releases  from  regulated  units are not addressed 1n
the RFA,  EPA and/or State  Investigators should use the  full  com-
plement  of RCRA authorities  to  secure appropriate action.  These
include  §3004(u). §3008(h),  §3004(v), §3013 and §7003,  If  these
authorities  are not sufficient  to compel  the desired  action,
Agency  Investigators may wish to use other authorities,  such as
CERCLA  §106  or TSCA §7 authorities  and should consult  with  EPA  or
State offices responsible for administering these programs.

     The HSWA §3Q04(u) provision focuses on Investigating releases
from  SWMUs at RCRA  facilities.   Solid waste management units are
def1ned  as:

     o   Any  discernible waste management unit at a RCRA  facility
        from which  hazardous  constituents might migrate, Irre-
        spective of whether  the unit was Intended  for  the manage-
        ment of solid  and/or  hazardous waste.

The SWMU definition includes:

     o   Containers, tanks,  surface impoundments, waste piles,
        land treatment units, landfills, Incinerators, and
                               1-3

-------
        underground injection wells, Includl ng those unl ts def
        as  "regulated units" under:
     o   Recycling units, wastewater treatment units and other
         units which EPA has generally exempted from standards
         applicable  to hazardous waste management units.

     o   Areas contaminated by "routine, systematic, and deliber-
         ate discharges" from process areas.

 The definition does not Include accidental spills from production
 areas and  units  1n  which Bastes have not been managed  (e.g.,
 product  storage  areas).

     The  RFA will not routinely address releases that  are per-
 mitted  cr  required  to be permitted  under other environmental
 programs,  or contamination  resulting from permitted discharges.
 W'nere such discharges are  of concern, RCRA personnel should refer
 the case  to the  original permitting authority.   If that authority
 does not  take appropriate  action, EPA can exercise Its authority
 under §3004(u),  §3004 ( v } , :§3008 (h )  or §3013.  Where the RFA
 identifies contami na ti on requiring  further Investigation, RCRA
 staff should work on  a  case-by-case basis with the Regions and
 other EPA  permit programs  to develop a  solution  to the contami-
 rt a t 4 on  probl em .

     The  RFA does address  rele"«*es  from SWMUs to media other
 than the  one covered  by the unit's  discharge  permit.   For example,
 EPA can  use §3004{u)  or §3008(h)  to control  the  release of volatile
 organic  compounds from  NPDES-pertnl tted  wastewater treatment units
 where there 1s cause  for concern.

     Relation of the  RFA to the CERCLA  PA/SI

     The  CERCLA  PA/SI and  the RFA differ  in  two  important respects.
 First,  the CERCLA PA/SI focuses on  the  potential for offslte
 exposures  from releases, while  the  RFA  focuses on Identifying
 specific  releases at  RCRA  facilities and  considers the potential
 for offslte exposures primarily in  determining whether to require
 Interim  corrective
      Second,  the  CERCLA  HA/SI  was  developed  primarily  as  a  method
 for  scoring  facilities  to  determine  whether  they  should be  on  the
 CERCLA  National  Priority  List  (NPL).   The  RFA  does  not  formally
 rank  or  prioritize  facilities.   The  RCRA  program  may  use  the
 facility management planning  (FMP) process to  estab?}sfc State  and
 Regional priorities at  and among RCH* factl^t^es.  TVie  FWPs
provfde  A  framewrt far determining  specific permitting 
-------
     Extent and Rote of Sampling

     . 'A purposely designed the RFA to be limited in scope.
This guidance establishes a framework to assist £PA Investigators
in making preliminary release determinations that are largely
based on eMlstlng information and best professional judgment.  The
framework emphasizes the need to focus data collection and analysis
efforts  (1»e., sampling data} on those data that are required to
support  specific permit or enforcement order conditions.   In
general, the stronger the case t^at the Investigator must make
to compel an owner/operstor to conduct an RPI or to convince the
public that a SWMU does not pose i threat, the greater the amount
of Information he/she will need to collect 1n the SV.

     The Agency recognizes that sampling netds will differ on a
case-by- ase basis.  The extent of sampling will dipend on the    _
amount and quality of Information gathered 1n the PR and VSI, the
investigator's professional Judgment regarding the amount of In-
formation necessary to support an initial release determination»
and the  degree of owner/operator cooperation.

     Rre j>jpj) n §jjaJJr1 J|,: foj^ Jjpj d y c t.|||JLJh er:.JJF A

     As  the program 1s currently set up, EPA md/or the Statts
are responsible for conducting RFAs.  Became of the subjective
nature of thcs* Investigations, the Agency btl1tv*s that it 1s
appropriate for a regulatory agency to conduct the RFAs.  These
initial  release determinations will provide the basis for requiring
a number of potential follow-on activities ranging in scope from
no further action ,to a full corrective action program.  EPA and
the States may use contractors to assist them In conducting these
Investigations, but the regulatory agency retains overall respon-
sibility for the RF* decisions.

     In  some Instances, 1t miiy be appropriate for the facility
owner/operator to perform certain sampling activities.  EPA
and/or the State should make such determinations on a case-by-case
basis and should carefully review and approve plans developed by
owner/operators and oversee field activities conducted by the
owner/operator,


IV,  TECHNICAL APPROACH

     All three steps of the RFA r*nu1re the  Investigator  to ex-
amine extensive data on the facility and specific  units at the
facility.  These data can generally be divided  into  five  categories

     0  Unit characteristics;

     o  Waste characteristics;

     o  Pollutant migration pathways;

-------
     o  Evidence of release;  and

     o  Exposure potential .

Exhibit 1-1 provides a matrix of  these  categories  and  the  specific
factors that Investigators  need to consider  1n  each  category.
The Investigator will  need  to apply his/her  best  professional
judgment 1n examining  these  factors, how they Interact,  and  their
effects on the likelihood of  a release  and Its  significance.

     Exhibit 1-2 outlines the types of  Information In  each  cate-
gory that Investigators are  likely to obtain during  each  of  the
three steps 1n the RFA.  In  general, during  the PR,  the  Investi-
gator will examine documents  and  other  written  materials  to
obtain information on  the facility's location,  potential  environ-
mental receptors, characteristics of the waste  handled at  the
facility as a whole.and managed 1n SWMUs ,  the design and  operating
features of the SWMUs  themselves, and evidence  of past releases.
This Information will  assist  the  Investigator In  determining
which media and migration pathways are  of concern and  why.  The
investigator will supplement  this Information with additional
evidence gathered during the  VSI  and samples taken during  the  SV.

     Specific factors  1n each category  that  must  be  considered
will vary depending on which  medium 1s  of concern.  For  example,
land-based units are more likely to have ground-water  releases
than aboveground units; surface Impoundments are  more  Hkily to
have air releases than 1 an
-------
                EXHIBIT 1-1



WUOR FACTORS TO CONSIDER IN CONDUCTING RFfts
Unit
Characteristics
• type of unit

design features

operating prac-
tices (past and
present)

period of
operation

age of unit

location of
unit

general physical
conditions

method used to
close the unit






Waste
Characteristics
type of waste
place in the
j unit





















migration and







dispersal char- {
acteri sties of
the waste

toxfcalRgical
characteristics

physical and
chemical
characteristics

























Migration
Pathways
facility's geo-



logic setting

facility's hy-
drogeo logic
setting

atmospheric
conditions

topographic
characteristics











Evidence of
Release
prior inspec-
tion reports
1




















citizen
complaints

raonitoring data

visual evidence
e,g., discolored
soil, seepage,
discolored
surface water or
runoff.

other physical
evidence, e.g.,
fish kills,
worker illness,
odors

saopling data


























Exposure
Potential
proximity to
affected pop-
ulation

proximity to j
sensitive
enri rorwents

likelihood of
migration to
potential
receptors










„ !

-------
     o   Identified  all  potential  releases  of  concern;

     o   Identified  all  SWMUs;

     o   Determined  which  areas  need  further  Investigation  and
        and  collected  sufficient  Information  to  focus  these
        Investigations;

     o   Determined  which  areas  require  Interim measures;

     o   Screened  out releases  that  do  not  require  any  further
        Investigation;  and

     o   Referred  permitted releases  to  other  authorities,
        as appropriate.

     Upon completion of  the RFA,  the Investigator  prepares a
report  summarizing  his/her findings.  The  report should Integrate
the findings from all  three steps 1n the RFA  and Include  a de-
scription of the  facility and  Its waste management practices,
release Information for  all SWMUs or groups  of SWMUs and  other
areas of concern, Campling plan and  results,  and final release
determinations and  recommendations.   This  report should clearly
indicate those areas of the facility that  require  further Inves-
tigation In  a RFt and  should contain Information to foeus these
investigations.  A  sample outline of an RFA  report Is  presented
1n Appendlx  A ,

     Conducting an  RFA cart present  an  opportunity  to gather
Information  on a  facility which may  be  useful for  purposes other
than making  RFA determinations.  Regions or  States may choose,
for example, to collect certain data on facility characteristics
and other site-specific environmental  data as a means  of estab-
lishing programmatic priorities for corrective action.  Appendix
F  provides a listing of some example data  elements which could be
used for such purposes.


V.   ORGANIZATION OF THIS  DOCUMENT

     This document  contains nine chapters.  The second chapter
describes the PR process,  the third chapter  describes the VSI,
and the fourth chapter explains the SV.  In  addition, there are
five technical chapters that apply the  technical  approach out-
lined 1n chapters two, three and four to the  various media of
concern.1 ground water, surface water, air, subsurface gas and
soil .


-------
                           CHAPTER TWO

                 CONUUCTINQ A PRELIMINARY REVIEW


I.   INTRODUCTION

A.   Purpose

     This chapter describes how to conduct a preliminary review
(PR), thi first itep in the RCRA Facility Assessment (RFA) pro-
cess for Identifying releases or potential releases it RCRA
facilities under the RCRA corrective action requirements.  The
PR serves two primary purposes;

     (1)  To gather and ev.iyate existing Information on facili
          ties 1rt order to identify and characterize potential
                    §nd
     (2)  To focus the activities to be conducted In the second
          and third steps of the RFA, the visual site Inspection
          (VS1) and the sampling visit (SV).

B.   Scope
      i mm miiiiinf niuu ..n.

     During the PR, IPA personnel will e aluate existing docu*
merits and, speak with relevant Individuals («*g.t RCRA Inspectors,
state and  Federal  permitting staff, ate/) In order to Identify
areas at i facility which may be releasing haiarduus waitei or
hazardous  constituents posing a potential threat *io human health
and the environment.  The PR will consider Information an the
entire facility, and will not be limited tc  collecting and eval-
uating Information covering the RC! A»regu1ittd afiis at the
facility,   In particular, the Investigator will Idinilfy and
gather Information oft SHwUs and other areas  when wastes have
been managed at the facility.

     While the scope of the PR win focus on Identifying and
evaluating releases resulting from waste management activities,
the Investigator should consider documents he/she flrtdi which
provide Information on releases at the facility which may be
beyond the scope of the RCRA corrective action authorities,
These could Include releases subject to Investigation and remedi-
ation under CERCLA or TSCA authorities,

     The scope of  the PR includes Investigating release potential
to all environmental media at the facility (with thi exception
of ground-water releases from regulated un1ts)i

     o  Ground water;
     o  Surface water;
     p  hi r ;
     o  Soils*, and
     o  Subsurface ( gas ) .

-------
     At eotttplix facilities with many SKMUs, 1t may he more
practical  to evaluate groups of similarly located or designed
S^MUs rather thin characterizing each unit separately,   Addi-
tionally,  Investigators should not focus solely on releases
from SHMUSi but should examine the full  facility for evidence
of spills  and/or other releases resulting from waste management
act1v1t1ts which may not fit the definition of a SWHU release
(see definition of a SWMU on page 1-4),

     This  chapter describes how to conduct a. PR at RCRA facili-
ties by:

     (I)   Collecting PR Information;

     (2)   Evaluating PR Information; and

     (3)   Completing the PR,

C.   Product

     At the end of the PR, the Investigator will summarize the
findings  of the PR.  Ho/she should document the Information
sources evaluated, describe t.he potential releases of concern
identified at the facility (especially all SWHUs), and mike
recommendations that will focus subsequent activities In the
VSI and the SV.  The results of the PR will serve as the founda-
tion of the RFA report, which w111 be revised at tha end of the
VSI and finalized following the SV»  A lample outline for an RFA
report Is  Included as Appendix A,


II.  RATHERINI PR INFORMATION

     The first step 1n the PR  Involves collecting Information on
a  facility that will provide evidence of  Its  potential for release
The success of the PR will depend to a great  extent dn the Inves-
tigator's  ability to collect relevant 1 nfarmat10ri»  A PR may pro-
vide misleading results when significant  sources of Iftfbrmitlon
are not considered fe*g,» enforcement document',! describing known
releases,  relevant sampling or monitoring date, etc,)*  EPA
should plan each PR to ensure  that all relevant sources of Infor-
mation pertaining to a facility are examined.   Gathering riita in
the PR will usually Involvet

     (t)   Collecting documents and other  written  reports;

     (2)   Meeting with relevant Individuals;  »rd

     (3)   Collecting additional Information from  the
          o^ner/operator,

     The PR focuses on evaluating  Information  In  the fivi  basic
categories presented 1n  the RFA Information matrix  (Exhibit  1*1).
                                2-2

-------
The matrix Illustrates  the  types  of  Information  In  each  category
(unit chifactafistles,  waste characteristics,  pollutant  migra-
tion pathwaySj  evidence of  release*  and  exposure potential)  which
should be evaluated during  the PR,   It  should  be noted*  however,
that 1t fs difficult to obtain complete  data  for any  of  the  five
categories during the  PR,  and that  the  VSI  and SV will  provide
additional Opportunities to collect  information  during  the  RFA.

A.    Writ ten Info rm a tIon and D o c u me n13

     This section briefly  summarizes those  data  sources  which
have been found to be  most  useful 1n conducting  PRs to  date.  A
detailed discussion of  all  potentially  relevant  data  sources is
Included as Appendix B  to  this document.

     Four basic RCRA file  sources and several  additional  RCRA
documents typically contain the most useful  information  during
the PR :

     (1)  RCRA permit  applications;

     (2)  Facility SWMU response  (RSI #3);

     (3)  RCRA inspection  reports;

     (4)  RCRA exposure information reports;  and

     (5)  Additional RCRA  sources.

Brief  discussions on each  ui these sources  follow.

1 *    Permit Appi1 cations

     Part A and 0 permit applications or closure plans  are  avail-
able for  all facilities in the permit pipeline arid addressed
under  the corrective action program,£/ Although owner/bperatcrs
develop these applications to  support permitting or closure of
regulated units, they will usually contain  information on other
areas  of  the facility relevant to the RFA.

     Part A permit  applications  provide information on the  wastes
being  treated, stored,  and/or  disposed  1n the regulated units at
a  facility.  These  forms can  be  useful  1n identifying the wastes
of  concern  at the  facility, although 1t should  be  noted that the
wastes disposed in  old  SWMUs may have different  characteristics
than those  currently disposed  In regulated units,  due to changes
In  facility production  processes or  changes of  ownership.   The
Part A will often  provide  a  scale drawing showing  the location of
all  past  treatment, storage,  and disposal areas  (§270.13(h)),
which  cart be useful 1n  Identifying  SWMUs and  other areas of
concern.
      V  The proposed Codification Rule of March  28,  1986  1ncorpor<
ates  ^SI #3 Information  (described above)  Into permit  application
requl rements.

                               2-3

-------
     A land disposal  Part B permit application provides  extensive
hydrogeol ogle Information related to the surfldat  aquifer at  a
facility,  Including a description of the facility's ground-water
monitoring system.  This Information 1s useful for  Identifying
ground-water pollutant migration pathways and prior releases from
SWMUs at land disposal facilities.  However,  this information  1s
not likely to be available for storage and treatment facilities.

2 •    SHMU  Response (RSI .,3 Submission)

     The ReauthoH zat 1 on Statutory Interpretation (RSI  #3) Issued
hy  EPA Headquarters required the EPA Regional Offices to request
owner/operators of RCRA facil1tier to submit  data on each SWMU at
their facilities.  The data owner/operators submitted In response
to  this request 1s usually helpful for Identifying  SWMU* at a
facility.   However, many submissions have been found deficient,
and RCRA \ nvest1gatbrs should not assume that these submissions
accurately identify all of a facility's SWMUs.  Other sources,
such as compliance inspection reports and the VSI should be used
to  verify  and augment the information contained in  the  SWMU
response.

3,    Comp11 ance Inspectign Reporfts/I n fQrmat1 an
     TVom  Ehtorernehf ITrtie rs             "      "

     RCRA  Inspection reports will often provide extensive Infor-
mation on  facility waste generation and handling practices, old
and new waste management units, and prior releases  at the facility.
They mat also describe migration pathways and exposure points.

4.    Exposure Information Report

     Only  facilities seeking permits for landfills  and surface
impoundments are  required to submit exposure  Information*  These
submissions provide  Information on all five categories Ifi the RFA
information matrix (Exhibit 1-1).  These reports can be Useful  1n
identifying pollutant migration pathways from the facility to
potential  exposure points, and may also discuss the likelihood  of
human exposure to hazardous constituents.

5.    Additional R C R A 5 ou r c e s

     o  Biennial  Report  (§265.75) -- The biennial report, prepared
        by the owner/operator and submitted to the Regional
        Administrator, provides a description and the quantities
        of each hazardous waste received during the previous year,
        and the method of treatment, storage, or disposal  for
        each waste.

     o  Operating Log  (§265.73) -- The facility operating  log
        provides  a map displaying the  location and quantities  of
        wastes disposed  throughout the  facility.   It also  provides
        reports of all incidents  that  required Implementation  of
        the Facility Contingency  Plan.
                                2-4

-------
     o  RCRA Masts Manifest (§265.7))  '-- The manifest  will  provide
        details on all  wastes received at the facility after
        November 18, 1380.   Facilities are only required however,
        to retain manifest  for three years.

     o  Notice to Local  Authority (§265.14)  -- The owner/operator,
        within 90 days  after closure of a disposal unit, must
        submit to the local land authority and the Region records
        of the locations and quantities of wastes within a  closed
        tfnlt.  The owner/operator must also  provide descriptions
        of the types, locations, and quantities of wastes In
        units closed before promulgation of  the Part 265 regula-
        tions ,

fi*   Other Squrcej

     Many other sources  can provide  useful Information for  evalu-
ating the likelihood of  releases at  a  facility.  After the  RCRA
sources outlined above,  these are Hkely to  contain the most
valuable Information:

     o  NFDES and CAA permits and permit applications;
     o  CERCLA PA/SI Repo-ts;
     o  Installation Restoration Program (1RP) Reports;
     o  MRS Documentation;
     o  CERCLA JU/FS Studies;
     o  CERCLA 103(c) Notifications;
     o  Aerial Photographs;
     o  Other Federal /State Agencies;  and
     o  TSCA/OSHA/NPDE5  Inspections.

A number of other sources may also provide some useful Informa-
tion, although they will be needed less often:

     o  GEMS (Sraphlcal  Exposure Modeling System)?
     o  State/Local Mall Permit Offices;
     o  Municipal /County/City Public Health  Agencies;
     o  Local Hell Drillers;
     o  State /County Road Comml ssl ons -,
     o  Utilities;
     o  Local Airports/Weather Bureaus;
     o  Naturalists/Environmental Organizations;
     o  Facility Employees;
     o  Colleges/Universities; and
     o  Interviews with  Local Residents.

It will not be necessary to look at  each of  these sources 1n at1
situations, but they can be examined as appropriate to help fill
Information gaps.  All  the  data sources listed above are described
more fully In Appendix  H.

          !lS™Hll^
     It will  be useful  to meet with personnel from Sta>  \ agencies
and other EPA program offices (e.g., NPOES permitting program) In
                               2-5

-------
the Initial  stages of the PR.  Other EPA permitting programs may
have considerable historical  knowledge of a facility, Including
Information  on 5WMU releases, Instances of non-qompl I ance »  facility
waste generation practices, and Inspection reports.  Early  contact
with these groups can help ensure that all relevant Information
1 
-------
     The 'allowing example Illustrates  the bentflts  of  Investiga-
ting a facility's waste generation processes.   A secondary  lead
smelting facility elostd several  surface  Impoundments  that  were
orglnally part of an NPDES wastewater treatment process.   The
Impoundments were clean closed by excavating to a depth determined
by the eofltentratlon of lead 1n the soil.   The facility stated
that lead was the only constituent of concern  1n these  units.
Curing the PR, EPA Investigated the facility's production
processes and found that several  other  metals  such as  cadmHrn,
nickel, antimony, and barium might be mixed with the lead
wastes.  Based qn this Information, EPA took soil samples for
f*ach of these other constituents  of concern.

«.   Idfnt1f|1nq SHMUs and Other  Potential Releases  of  Concern

     Once the Investigator has gained an  understanding  of the
facility's overall waste generation and management activities*
he/she should locate all areas with potential  releases  of concern
on a map of tht facility.  The map should Include all  SUMUs Iden-
tified In tht RSI 13 SWMU response, SWMUs described  In  other
documents, and other potential releases of concern,  e.g., spills
of hazardous waste or constituents from waste  management activi-
ties.  In addition, the Investigator should locate on  the facility
m*p other potential releases of concern which  may be beyond the
scope of the RCRA authorities.

     The facility map will be an  extremely useful document
throughout the RFA, especially when conducting the VSI  and the
sv,  in addition to locating SWMUs, It  will often be possible
to Idtntlfy relevant migration pathways and potential  exposure
points (e.g., rivers and nearby housing)  on this nap.   Additional
releases of concern can be added  to the map when Identified at
later stages 1n the RFA* particularly the VSI,

     As discussed 1n the Introduction,  the definition  of a SWMU
Includes recycling units, wastewater treatment units (such as
those regulated under NPDES), and other units which EPA has"
generally exempted from P.CRA permitting standards.  Each of
these units Identified at a facility should be located on the
facility map as a SWMU.  Regulated land disposal units are also
treated as SWMUs, since they will be Investigated for  releases
to media other than ground water 1n the RFA,

     Several Information sources will be especially useful,whet
Identifying SWMUs and other releases of concern  1n addition to
thi* RSI 13 submission.  Historical aerial photographs, such as
those available from EMSL or EPIC, way reveal  the presence of
past waste management areas which have become overgrown or
otherwise hidden.  In some cases, closed landfills and surface
Impoundments cannot be distinguished from ordinary open fields
and historical aerial photographs can help  Identify these units.
Appendix 8 provides a more detailed discussion on obtaining and
evaluating aerial photographs.
                               2-7

-------
C.    Eva 1 u a 11 ng the Fac 111 ty' s R e 1 ease p..oternit_iaj_

     Once  the  Investigator  has Identified potential  releases of
concern at the facility,  he/she should determine the likelihood
of  release at  each location by evaluating information gathered
in  the Initial steps of the PR.  It will  seldom be possible to
determine  from one document that a  SWMU has released hazardous
wastes or  constituents.  In most cases, the Investigator will
have to deduce the likelihood that  a release of concern has
occurred by evaluating Information  from numerous sources covering
the five categories of Information  presented In Exhibit 1-1: unit
characteristics, waste characteristics, pollutant migration path-
ways, evidence of release,  and exposure potential.

     The evaluation requires the Investigator to seek evloence
that a unit has released  or Is likely to have released.  The
Investigator should make  deductions based on various amounts of
information on the wastes contained within a unit, the design/
operating  characteristics of the unit, and the presence of con-
taminants  In any of the pollutant migration pathways associated
wi th the unlt.

     In some cases, the Investigator may have actual evidence
that a unit released to a particular medium.  In other situations,
it  may be  necessary to draw connections between a constituent
identified In a unit, the likelihood that this constituent could
have been  released from the unit, and sampling data showing the
presence of the constituent 1n a migration pathway.  While this
deduction may not prove unequivocally that the constituent Identi-
fied 1n the environment originated 1n the suspected unit, such
deductions will usually be sufficient to Identify a release of
concern 1n the RFA.

     The Investigator's ability to make deductions on the likeli-
hood of release will depend on the extent of Information he/she
collects pertaining to the first four Items 1n the RFA Informa-
tion matrix: unit characteristics, waste character!sties * pollu-
tant migration pathways,  and evidence of release.  Information  on
exposure potential 1s not needed to determine the likelihood of
release, but 1s Important 1n determining the need for Interim
corrective measures due to Immediate exposure risks.  The kinds
of information to be considered 1n each of these  five categories
are described below.

1.   Unit  Characteristics

     The design and operating  characteristics of  a SWMU  will
determine to a great extent Its potential  for release.   Many
treatment, storage, and disposal units are designed to prevent
releases to the environment.   The  Investigator should evaluate
the physical characteristics of each  SWMU  or group of  SWMUs to
determine how they affect the  potential  for  releases.

     The media-specific chapters In this guidance provide detailed
discussions of how the design  and  operating  characteristics of


                                2-8

-------
various types of SWMUs affect  their potential  for  releasing  to
each medium.  For example,  surface Impoundments  with  w@l 1 -desl gned ,
Intact berms for controlling overtopping  do  not  exhibit  a  high
potential  for surface water releases.   EPA  assumes,  however,  that
unllned surface Impoundments have a high  potential  for  releasing
constituents to ground water.   Surface impoundments  which  contain
volatile organic compounds  also exhibit a high potential  for  air
releases.   Tht Investigator should examine  the characteristics  of
each SWMU  bastd upon the discussions presented 1n  Chapters Five
through Nine 1n order to consider the  likelihood of  release  to
each of the environmental  media;   ground  water,  surface  water,
air, soils, ard subsurface  (gas).  Investigators will  often  find
situations where unit design characteristics suggest  that  a  SWMU
poses little or no threat  to the  environment from releases (e.g.,
fntAct above-ground storage tanks).

?.   Waste C h a r a e 1 1 r 1 s tjcs

     In evaluating a SWMU's release potential'. the investigator
should Identify the wastes  originally  or  currently contained In
the unit in order to link constituents observed  1n the  environ-
ment wtth  those present 1n  the contaminant  source.  The  Investi-
gator can  usually deduce that a release his occurred when  he/she
determines that a SWMU contained  a constituent that  has  been
observed 1n a pollutant migration pathway associated with  that
uni t .

     The Information gathered while Investigating the waste
generation processes at a facility will provide the  basis  for
this part  of the PR.  In many cases, a facility will  , ndicate how
it managed many of Its waste streams*  e.g., off-s1tt shipment,
disposal 1n a specific surface impoundment, or storage 1n  a waste
pile.  When a particular waste stream can be traced to a particular
unit, the  investigator can generally assume all  of the constituents
present 1n that waste stream are also present 1n the unit.

     The Information gathered on facility waste generation
processes  may often be useful in identifying constituents other
than listed constituents of concern to RCRA.  For example, rapidly
decomposable refuse may produce methane when placed 1n landfills
under certain conditions.

     The investigator should Identify all of the hazardous con-
stituents  which itia> be present 1n each SWMU or other areas of
concern.  Some constituents will  have a greater potential  for
release from one kind of SWMU than another.  For example, the *1r
chapter discusses the likelihood that volatile organic constituents
will be released from wastewater treatment units.  The fnfdia-
spedflc chapters discuss the ways 1n which constituent properties
can affect the likelihood of releases to various media.

3.   Pollutant Migration P^a
     The Investigator should evaluate existing Information con-
cerning the likely pollutant migration pathways associated with
                               2-9

-------
itch SHHU Of release of concern.   in cases  Involving environmental
data, tht Investigator will  have  to demonstrate that 1t  Is  reason-
able to deduct that a constituent observed  In the environment
originated it a specific SWMU or  location,  based upon knowledge
of the pollutant migration pathway.

     While some pollutant migration pathways are largely facility-
wide (e.g., ground water), the Investigator should evaluate the
Importance of all pollutant  migration pathways (I.e., ground
water, surface water, air, soils, and subsurface gas) t..at  could
be associated with each SWMU and  then evaluate Information  on
their characteristics,  SWMUs which contain the same wastes and
are adjacent to each other may be grouped together during tht  RFA,
It will often be possible to eliminate certain pathways  from con-
sideration for various SWMUs at this point  1n tht PR.

     Different types of SWHUs will exhibit  different potentials
for releasing constituents to specific ml gratlon :,pathways.   The
Investigator should determine which SWMUs are likely to  Impact
which pollutant migration pathways at the facility, and  gather
specific Information that will aid 1n determining the charac-
teristics of these pathways.  This part of  tht analysis  also
provides a critical role In  Identifying potential exposure  points
along various migration pathways, which Is  Important 1n  evaluating
exposure potential for Interim measures at  the facility.

     The media-specific chapters  provide Information to  aid the
Investigator 1n evaluating the physical characteristics  of  each
migration pathway of Interest.  The 1 nvestl.gitor should  consider:

     o  Potential routes of  pollutant transport;

     o  Physical factors within the pathway that could affect
        the migration of constituents (e.g., organic content of
        soil for 'releases to soil and ground water, or prevailing
V,
        wind patterns for air releases); and

     o  Other factors which could affect tr"i fate of constituents
        present 1n a migration pathway.
4.
     The Investigator should examine available sources of Informa-
tion to Identify any evidence that constituents have been released
at a facility.  The Investigator may have access to direct and
Indirect evidence of release, both of which may help 1n making
determinations of release at a facility.

     Direct evidence of release Includes official reports of
prior release Incidents (which may be found, 1n RCRA enforcement
or permitting documents, other Federal, Statt, or local government
documents, facility records, RSI 13 responses, etc.),  visual
evidence clearly showing a release Incident, or sampling dita
that clearly Identifies a releasing SWMU (e.g., surface water
samples for a specific constituent 1n a clear run-off  pathway),


                               2-10

-------
Indirect evidence of release Includes  sampling data  taken  along
relevant migration pathways which, whin  linked together *1th waste
composition data, can support a deduction concerning the
likelihood of release from a specific  unit at  the facility.

     The VSI , which 1s described 1n Chapter Three,  1s generally
an excellent source of both direct and Indirect evidence on
releases.  Stained soils 1n a we! 1 -defined drainage  pathway  below
a unit can provide direct evidence of  release; stressed vegeta-
tion may prcvide Indirect evidence of  release.

     The mtdi a-speci f ic chapters describe the  types  of evidence
that are Important for releases to each  of thi environmental
media.  For example, visual sightings  of seepage along a stream
bank provide evidence of both a ground-witer release and a sur-
face water release*  The Investigator  should refer  to the  section
on evidence of release in each of the  media-specific chapters,
In all cases, the Investigator should  use best professional  Judg-
mtnt 1n assessing the strength of any  Information source 1n
providing evidence of release.

5.   E x p QLS u re
     The Investigator should evaluate available Information on
the location, numbert and characteristics of receptors that could
be affectad by continuing releases at the facility.  These recep-
tors Include human populations, animal populations (particularly
any endangered or protected spades), and sensitive environments.
This Information will be most useful 1n helping the Investigator
determine tht need for Interim corrective measures at the facility
to alleviate especially high risks of exposure.  The Investigator
should refer to the RCA_.§3006(_h).Corrgct1 e Action Ofjders Interim
                        ":l"IIIII                to"~1 mp YemanT
    ^
measures.

     Tht media-specific chapters provide Information on what
receptors are likely to be affected by releases to each of the
medi a.
EV.  COMPLETING THE PRELIMIHARY REVIEW

     The Investigator's ability to determine that t release may
pose a threat to human health or the environment will increase
with the quantity and quality of Information gathered 1n the
RFA.  By the end of the PR, the Investigator will usually have
identified many of the potential releases of concern at the
facility, tnd will hive made a preliminary evaluation concerning
the likelihood that a release of concern has occurred at each
SWMU, group of SWMUs, or other potential areas of concern.

     The next phase of the RFA, the VSI, provides additional
evidence to help the Investigator determine which units or
areas of concern require: additional Investigation in a sampling
visit, interim measures, further Investigation 1n an RFI, or no


                               2-11

-------
 further  action.  Tht Investigator will usually consider the
 following  factors before proceeding with the VSI;  1) Identi-
 fying  significant data gaps, 2) focusing the next two steps of
 the  RFA, and  1)  beginning the RFA report.

 A.    Identifying Significant Data Saps

      Depending upon the quaMty of Information gathered during
 the  PR,  thi  Investigator m?.y have a strong Idea concerning the
 likelihood of releases from SWMUi or  other areas of concern
 Identified In thi PR,  In many cases, however, the Investigator
 will  be  missing  Important Information on a potential release or
 unit  of  concern  (e.g., Information on the wastes handled
 w1thin the unit),

      In  such  cases, 1t may be necessary  to make a formal  request
 for  additional Information from thi owner/operator.  As stated
 earlier, Investigators may need to cite  the RCRA §300?  Informa-
 tion  authority when making this request.  Thi  letter should be
 extremely  specific  1n  order to ensure that the owner/operator*
 clearly  understands what Information  has baen  requested (see
 Appenrilx C ) ,

 B.    Focusing the VIsual Site Inspection AM^lilJ"? V1Mt

      One of  the  primary purposes  of the  PR 1s  to provide  thi
 Investigator with an understanding of the waste management
 activities at the facility, enabling  him/her to focus subsequent
 orservatlons 1n  the VSI and the SV to the greatest axteflt
 possible.  Because  all facilities will undergo a PR and a  VSI,
 emphasis will be placed on tht quality of the  Information
 gathered in  these two  stages.   If the conclusions drawn, from a
 PR  and VSI are not  based upon sufficient information, 1t  1s
J1kely that .owner/operators or the public will challenge/permit;
 conditions or enforcement orders  developed to  compel further
 actions  at the  facility.

      The  Investigator  should.evaluate tht Information gathered  1n
 the  PR on  each SWMU or potential  release of  concern, and  deter-
 mine whether; 1} 1t  1s likely that the unit  has  released,  2)  1t
 1s  unlikely  that the  unit has released,  3) there  1s  Insuffi-
 cient evidence  at this stage  to  assess the likelihood of  release,
 or  4) a  release  could  threaten  human  health  or the  environment.
 The  VSI  will  provide  more useful  Information  1f  the  Investigator
 conducts It  wlili these preliminary determinations  1n mind*
 While 1t 1s  ':oo  early  to  draw conclusions at  the  end of the  PR,
 1t  will  oftefl be possible to  screen  out  units  from  further con-
 sideration at the end  of  the  VSI.  During the  PR,  the  Investigator
 may  Identify units  that  are not  likely to hive releases of concern.
 These units  should  be  Inspected  carefully 1n  the  VSI before  deter-
 mining thft  they net*4  no  further  Investigation or  action.

      The Investigator  can  also  make  preliminary  recommendations
 concerning the  need for  collecting additional  sampling  data  1n
 an  SV.  It will  often  be  possible to  Identify  units  or  locations
 where sampling  data can  help  1n  making  determinations  of  release.

                                2-12

-------
Recommendations on sampling location! made 1n the PR should be
checked for ipproprlatiness during thi VSI,   In general, the VSI
and SV should provide tht additional  Information needed to fill
data gaps 1dtnt1f1id during the PR,

C,   Document 1 nj ..the P re 11 m1nary Re view

     The Investigator should document the fl.iMngs of tht PR by
beginning thi RFA report, which *111  summarize the complete RFA
process.  The Investigator w11l Incorporate  the results of each
step of the RFA Into this report, resulting  1n a complete docu-
ment providing  recommendations concerning: 1) thi need for in RFI
at the facility, 2) the need for Interim measures at the facility,
or 3} the need  for no further action at thi  unit/facility at
this time.

     At thi end of the PR, the report should document Information
sources. Identify SWHUs and other areas of potential release on a
facility map, and contain preliminary evaluations of the likelihood
of release at each locations.  This Information will bt used
throughout both the VSI and the SV.

     A sample outline of an RFA report 1s Included as Appendix A.
                               Z-13

-------
                         CHAPTER  THREE

              CONDUCTING A VISUAL SITC  INSPECTION
I.   INTRODUCTION

A,
     The visual  site Inspection (VSI)  1s  the second  step  of  the
three-sttp RFA process for Identifying releases  at  RCRA facilities
1n the corrective action program,   The VS1  W111  focus  on  Identify-
ing SMHUs and collecting visual evidence  of release  at facilities
to assist IPA In recommend* ng further  stips In thi  corrective
action process.   The major purposes of the  VSI Include:

     (1)  Visually Inspecting the  entire  facility for  evidence
          thst releases o^ hazardous wastes or conitHuertts  have
          occurred and Identifying additional  areas  of concern;

     (2)  Ensuring that all  SWHUs  and  areas of concern have  been
          Identified;

     (3)  Filling data gips  Identified 1n thi PR} ind

     (4)  Focusing ricommfendatlons concerning thi netd for a
          sampling visit, Interim measures* an RF1,  or no further
          action it a facility.

     By the end  of the VSI,  the Investigator w111 be ablf to
determine at which" locations 1t w11l be necessary to collect
additional environmental samples 1n a sampling vfslt CSV).  In
some cases, 1t will be possible to screen a unit from further
investigation or to rteommend further Investigation 1n an KFl
without conducting additional sampling, thus complitlnij the  RFA,
     The VSI w111 Include the entire RCRA facility and can extend
beyond the property boundary 1n certain casis,  The VSI should
focus on Inspecting the discernible SWHUs at the facility.  How-
ever, the 1nve*t1gitor way Inspect areas outside the facility
boundary to determine If a release has migrated offslte.  The VSI
will generally be limited to collecting visual evidence of poten-
tial releases (I.e., photographic documentation), although 1t may
be appropriate 1n some cases to conduct air monitoring for safety
purposes 1 n the VSI .
     Visual evidence gathered during the VSI will support the
Initial Information gathered during the PR on the likelihood of
release §t specific locations 1n the facility,  This Information
should be evaluated along with the original Information collected

-------
during the PR and Inttgrattd Into the draft RFA rtport,  Initial
deterwlnations on the likelihood of release at the facility
should bt Pt¥liBd accordingly.  Typical  VSts will  result In
substantial  dofeumarttati on of facility characteristics, which
should ha Integrated Into the RFA report.


II.  PLANNINQ THE VISUAL SITE INSPECTION

     The VSI 1s a relatively simple procedure and  should not
require a griit dta! of  tlmp to plan and execute.   In general, the
site Inspection activities can be completed In one day, although
there wiy b« some extremely large facilities which will require
more time.

     The PR provides most of the Information needed to prepare
for conducting thi Vsi,   During th§ PR,  the Investigator will
identify potential areas of release on «' facility  map, and make
preliminary evaluations  of the likelihood of rtliise at each loca-
tion.  The investigator  should rely upon this map  when conducting
the VSI, documenting any unusual observations on the map and In a
logbook.

     The VSI w11l usually be the Investigator's first vHU to
the facility during the  corrective action prostsi.  Therefore,
the investigator should  develop a sltt safety plan prior to
conducting the VSI which outlines thi nted for ptrsoflil lafety
devices {e.g., respirators, protective 'clothing, «tc») while
conducting the f1i1d activities.  THi. exact eorttittt of iich
safety plan will  vary by site, depending on the eompltxlty of  the
site and on the Investigator's planned activities*  1PA personnel
should participate in an Agency-sponsored safety course prior  to
conducting a VSI,  Sifety preparation 1i discussid further 1n
Chapter Four (see "Preparing for the Sartpllng Visit") and Appen-
dix E *

     The VSI will probably be the owner/operator's first experience
with the new RCRA corrective action program as well,  Thi investi-
gator should contact the owner/operator  to scheduli a dite for
the VSI.  At this time,  he/she should also request a melting with
representatives from the facility prior  to cortdudtlrtg the field
activities.   This meeting will provide the Invfstlgltor with an
opportunity to explain the various iteps of the corrective action
process to the owner/operator, and to answer any of thf owner/
operator's questions about the RFA or the corrective action
program.  During this meeting* the Investigator should discuss
with the owner/operator  the proposed safety plan and Incorporate
his/her recommendations  in the safety plan prior to conductlna
the VSI.                                                   .  y


III, CONDUCTING FIELD ACTIVITIES DURING  THE VSI

     Once the investigator has made the  arrangements for conducting
the VSI and  has completed the PR, he/she should conduct the field


                              3-Z

-------
activities.  The owner/operator will  usually  accompany the  Inves-
tigator around the facility*

     During the VSI, the Investigator should:

     o  make visual  observations of SWMUs  and  other  areas  of
        concern at the facility;

     o  Identify on  a facility map all  areas  of concern;

     o  document all observations 1n  a  field  logbook}

     o  take photographs of all SWMUs,  potential  releases,  and
        other locations of Interest;  and

     o  monitor for  vapor emissions where  appropriate  to  protect
        the investigator's safety,

     One of the primary purposes of the RFA W111  be  to allow  the
Investigator to Identify potential releases of concern not  Identi-
fied during the PR.   The VSI  also provides the Investigator with
an opportunity to Inspect the entire facility for potential
releases of concern  and to gain Insight Into facility  management
practices.

     The investigator will focus in the VSI on Identifying  and
characterizing SWMUs, as defined In the Irttroductlofu   The  §3004(u)
corrective action permitting authority requires that corrective
action be addressed  at all SWMUs.  In some cases» however,  he/she
will Identify spills or other releases from waste management
activities which may require corrective action.  These should
also be Inspected fully 1n the VSI.

     Finally, there may be situations where releases of concern
from manufacturing processes or product storage areas  may  be
observed during the VSI*  The  Investigator should doGUffiiftt  and
photograph the presence of these releases.  It may be necessary
1n some cases to use CERCLA or TSCA Investigative or ertfdfeement
authorities to address these releases.

     Field activities should be photographed carefuly to document
all visual observations.  This will be especially Important at
facilities where the VSI represents the last step In the RFA.
For additional discussion of photographic documentation proce-
dures, refer to Chapter 4, Section III.C.

     The Investigator should obtain Information on each poten-
tial release based  upon the five  categories of Information shown
in the RFA  Information Matrix  (Exhibit  1-1): unit characteristics,
waste  characteristics, pollutant  migration pathways,  evidence  of
release, and exposure potential.   The  following sections briefly
describe some  of the types of  Information that may be found 1n
each of these  categories.
                              3-3

-------
A.   ObtilrtingHlual  lvilen
-------
     The Investigator should locate all  potential  migration path-
ways of coneirfl art tHt facility «»p.   These will  be Important
areas for stapling should it be necessary f.o conduct a SV at
these units*  In addition, the 1nvest1gator should correlate
photograph! of these pathways and thilr  documentation on the map
whenever possible,

D.   Obt.ilftlrtg Visual Evidence of Release

     The investigator should inspect  the entire facility for
visual evidence of release.  While it will not always be possible
to determine conclusively that a release has occurred based on
visual evidtnee, such evidence can provide a strong Indication
that one has Occurred.  Visual evidence  of release, coupled with
Information indicating that a unit contained haiardous consti-
tuents, W111 often be sufficient to compel further investigation
In an RFI.

     The 1 nvestigator should look for obvious signs of release*
such as: discolored soils, dead vegetation or ahiiWals, die*  The
media-specific chapters describe in ditail flit types of visual
evidence that may be apparent at various types df waste management
ti n i t s «

E.   Obtaining Viaual Evidence of EjUMSure PatMtlat

     Thi VSt wit! provide only limited 1nfijriation on ixposure
potential at the fatuity.  Thi VSI shoulii inilute sii iiives.tlga-
tlon of the area acoiind the facility to dilfPiiwe if thiPe  are
potential off-site releases and documenting evident! Of sucH
releases.   In most cases, the PR will hawe .identified iheffier
there are nearby residences, streams, and lakes*  At a minimum,
the VSI should note any locations not Identified  in ihi PS  where
the public  could be exposed to releases*


IV.  OETERMININQ THE NEED FOR FURTHER ACTION DUftlNQ THE RFA

     The results of the VSt should be incorporatstl  irtto the  draft
RFA report  begun upon completing the PR.  The  rtsUlts of the  PR
and the VSI together will provide sufficient eVlde'fiGM for  each
potential release of concern to determine either^,I) the need  for
a sampling  visit  (SV) 1n  the RFA» 2) the  need  for 1rit|f1m  measures,
3)  ,ne need for  further investigation in  an RFlt  or 4) the  nefed
for no further action.   It  is crucial that the investigator  document
the results of the VSI In a concise and thorough  manner  in  the
RFA report.  Thiese data,  together with Information  obtained  during
the PR, must be  sufficient  to support decisions regarding  tile
necessity of additional action at the facility, and are  likely
to  be closely  scrutinized or possibly challenged.   As stated
previously, the  RFA  report  w111 be the primary legal  document
supporting  the Agency's initial corrective  action activities  at
the facility.   Incomplete,  contradictory,  or  obscure  information
1n  the RFA  report may jeopardize the Agency's  position.
                                3-5

-------
     Tht following sections discuss aaeh of the possible recommen-
dations that can be made after completing the PR and the VSI,

A,   Determining the Need for a SjMlJ nj_jMsjjt .
     By the arid of the VSI, the Investigator win have reflected
1 nf orntation on eacH potential release of concern and will have
made a prel 1m1 nary evaluation concerning the likelihood of re1«ase
at each location.  He/she will also Nave Identified important
data gaps that Interfer with the ability to make an enforceable
determination of release potential.  In many cases, the Investi-
gator will recommend the collection of new en vl rdnmental samples
from the facility during the'RFA to support his/her recommenda-
tions for further action during the HCRA corrective action process,

     The need for sampling at specific units will depend upon
several Important factors, Including; the complexity of the unit
and environment!! setting, the quantity and quality of Information
gathered during the PR ind VSI, the preliminary rteowmindatlons
for further action at the facility, and the eoopirati ventss of
the owner/operator.  The inves tl g«ta»- must consider these factors
and rety upon hls/htr professional judgment In determlni ng when
and where "it will be useful to co'lect samples 1n the S,V.

     The preliminary recommendations for further aietion at a
facility can pliy an Important role In determining the need for
and extent of sampling in the SV.  If the investigator believes
that a SWMU may have a release he/she may want to cdllect samples
In the SV to support the decision to require further 1 finest 1 datl on.
Sampling conducted during a SV can be an Important sujjpleittent to
Information gathered during the PR and'VSI, and proVlrft the docu-
mentation necessary for developing enforceable permit conditions.

     On the other hand. If the Investigator believes It is unlikely
that a SWMU has released o"r that other areas actually present
problems, he/she nay make § preliminary recommendation that the
unit wilt not need Investigation in an RFi,  it will Often be
useful to support this recommendation with appropriate environ-
mental samples at the unit which will demonstrate that there Is no
evidence that a release of concern Is present*  this will provide
valuable evidence to support the investigator's recommendation
should ft be' contested In a public hearing.  It is lively to be
Just as Important to sample at units which will not require an
RFI §s at those .,'here one will be required.

     There will be situations where the Investigator mafcts i pre-
liminary recommendation that a unit should be Investigated in an
RFI without actual sampling data demonstrating a release.  In some
cases, 1t may be possible to make this fico^mendat Ion without
taking additional samples In a SV.  More typically, however, the
Investigator will take samples at these units in order to demon-
strate that a release his occurred.  More enforceable permit
conditions or enforcement orders can be developed when supported
by sampling evidence.
                               3~.fi

-------
     Taking environmental  samples will be especially Important
when the Investigator believes the owner/operator will be unlikely
to cooperate 1rt conducting an RFI at the facility.  When the
owner/operttor1s cooperatlveness Is questionable, the Investigator
shoyld usually take samoles to support recommendations for further
stsps In the corrective action process, In case these recommenda-
tfons are contested in an administrative hearing.  Even the most
cooperative atrtir/operatur, however, can challenge permit condi-
tions whleli are not supported by strong evidence,

B *   DetermI n 1 nj.::imthf_; Need f-or ^lnterlim_Measuares!

     The Investigator can recommend ImplementatJon of Interim
measures at any time during the RFA, although ht/she may not
have sufficient Information prior to thf VS1 tu 'make this recom-
mendation.  Interim measures should be conducted at the facility
whpnever there may be a significant risk of Immediate exposure
resulting from, releases at the facility.  Interim measures typically
include such actions as repacking damaged drums, requiring safety
precautions for workers at the facility, or fencing off areas of
concern near the facility.

     Details on planning and Implementing Interim measures can  be
found in the RC|A §3 008 \ h) C g r r e e 1| v e A c 11 to _ .flrdf gl.. J jM.Eln _.fteja -
u r e s	Bu 1 danee^l&raf II~.  i neTnv e s I t-'gaf6 r § N'0U 1A i «itl:s"y H tiH 1 s    "~"
¥o"cumen"t wfiert atttFiTnl ng the need for sych Imwedlite actions a*
a facility*   Interim measures are applicable to a fifclliti rhither
ft Is conducting corrective action yr.der §3QO$(h), §3004(u)»  or
$3004(vJ.

c •   D e term In Ing the N e e d for a H e m.e d 1 a 1 1 n v e s 11 ftit .1 ati  •   '

     Releases and likely releases that are  Identified durlnp  thi
RFA  as requiring further  Investigation will be  fully  character-  '
lied -during the remedial Investigation phase of fchei rtCRA correc-
tive action process.  The RFI will be conducted by the owner/
operator and may be an extremely resource Intensive activity.
For  this reason, 1t will be necessary to ensure that  reeofflinertda-
tions  for RFIs at facilities are supported  fay sufficient evidence
collected during the PR, the VSI, and the SV.   In most Situations,
the  Investigator will choose to collect  samples at questionable
units  1n order to support recommendations at the  @!nd  cjf the  RFA.

     There will be cases, however^ whera the Investigator will
recommend an RFI far particular units without collecting additional
samples In an  SV.  This will usually  take piece  at  facilities
where  1t was possible to evaluate a targe amount  of high quality
evidence of release during  the  PR and  VSI.  In  these  cases,  the
existing evidence of release must be  sufficient  to  stand alone,
without, supplemental sampling,  In justifying an  RFI.   EPA  should
collect additional sampling data whenever necessary,  to develop
strong enforceable permit conditions.
                                3-7

-------
                           CHAPTER FOUR

                  CONDUCTING THE SAMPLING VISIT
I.    INTRODUCTION

A,    P
     The sampling v->1t (SV) is the third step of the three-step
RFA proces!  designer? to Identify releases at RCRA facilities,
The SV focuses on collecting additional  sampling Information to
fin  data gaps that remain upon completion of the PR and VSI to
enable the Investigator to make release  determinations 1n the  RFA

     By the end of the SV, the Investigator will have completed
the first ph^se of the RCRA corrective action process, and should
have Identified all releases or potential releases requiring
further 1 nvesti gati on at a facility.

B .
     The scope of the SV 1s limited..  It 1s EPA's objective to
focus the collection and analysis of new sampling data fn making
preliminary release determinations* and rely upon existing Infor-
mation sources Identified in the PR and technical Judgments as
much as possible.  By Identifying specific areas where new Infor-
mation 1s needed during the PR and VSI, 1t should be possible to
conduct focused, limited SVs that wtl! enable the Investigator
to Identify releases.  EPA will risfer major new data gathering
efforts' to th* RCRA Facility Investigation (RFI) phase of the cor-
rective action process.

     As discussed previously, the RFA should examine each SMHU or
group of SWHUs at a facility.  It will seldom be necessary to
Investigate each SWMU 1n a SV, as the PR and VSI will ofttn pro-
vide sufficient information to make release determinations.

     The extent of the SV at a facility will vary on a case-by-
case basis, and will depend upon the amount and qua'lty of Infor-
mation gathered 1n the PR and VSI.  The Investigator's professional
judgment regarding the amount of Information necessary to make an
Initial release determination will influence the -extent of the
SV.  Thtse determinations should consider a number of factors
Including the degree of owner/operator cooperation and the
regulatory action planned for requiring further action.  While
Investigators are encouraged to minimize the amount of sampling
conducted during the SV, certain situations may require extensive
sampH ng.

-------
     As discussed  1n Chapter One,  Regions  may  rely  under  special
circumstances upon facility owner/operators  to develop  a  sampling
plan and to conduct  sampling and analysis  activities  during  the
SV.  In these cases, the Regions should  review and  approve  the
owner/operator activities to ensure the  quality of  the  new  data.
This chapter describes these oversight  responsibilities.

     This chapter  provides guidance to  the Investigator on  the
following aspects  of an SV;

     (1)  Developing a sampling plan;

     (2)  Preparing  for the sampling visit;

     (3)  Conducting the sampling  visit; and

     (4)  Making final RFA recommendations for further  action.

C„    Product

     The results of  the SV should  be Incorporated Into  the  draft
RFA report begun after the PR and  VSI  activities.  Because  the
objectives of the  SV are to fill data  gaps Identified previously
and to assist the  Investigator 1n  making final recommendations  at
the facility, 1t should be a straightforward matter to  Integrate
the SV findings Into the RFA report.


It.  DEVELOPING A  SAMPLING PLAN

     One of the major purposes of the  PR and VSI 1s to  make a
preliminary assessment of the need for further Investigation at
locations of concern throughout the facility and to focus the SV.
This section describes the major factors in developing  a sampling
plan:

     (1) How to determine the need for collecting sampling
         Information during an SV; and

     (2) How to develop a sampling plan for the facility where
         appropriate.

A.    Determining theNeed for Samp!1ng at Faci11t1es

     The need for additional sampling of potential  releases of
concern will vary on a case-by-case basis, and the Investigator
should rely upon best professional judgment in determining  when
it  will be appropriate.  The investigator may choose to sample  1n
these situations:

     o  to collect  additional Information to  suppport a determlna
        *ion that a unit or facility does not need an RFI;
                               4-2

-------
     o  to collect additional  Information  when  the  Investigator
        1s unsure whether a release has  occurred;  and

     o  to collect additional  Information  to  confirm a  determina-
        tion of release and to compel  an owner/operator to  begin
        an RFI (or some other  further  action).

     In some cases, the Information gathered  1.n the PR  and  VSI
may provfdt sufficient evidence to Indicate the need for an RFI  at
a facility, or conversely, that no further action  Is necessary  at
a facility.  For example, 1f previous  ground-water  monitoring
results clearly Indicate that  an old,  closed  landfill  has released
hazardous conitltuents to a surflclal  aquifer,  the  Investigator
will have sufficient evidence  to compel  the owner/operator  to
conduct an RFI at the unit, and 1t will  not be  necessary to conduct
additional sampling.  Facility records reviewed during  the  PR may
indicate that an old, closed surface Impoundment never  contained
hazardous constituents, and ground-water monitoring data Indicate
that the SWMU has not released.  In this case,  also, 1t would not
he necessary to take samples to support  a  determination that no
further- action 1s necessary at this time*

     In many cases, the Information gathered  In the PR  and  VSI
*»111 not be sufficient to enable the Investigator  to determine
conclusively that a SWMU has or has not  released.   For  example,  a
facility may have clean closed a surface Impoundment several
years ago that once contained  sludges  analyzed  to  be marginally
EP toxic for a heavy metal.  It may not  be clear whither or not
the Impoundment released constituents  to the  ground water 1n the
past, or whether any contaminated soil remains  which could  leach
contaminants to the ground water.  It  may be  necessary  to sample
the soils around the closed unit or to sample the  ground water
(from existing wells) downgradlent from the unit fn order to
Identify a release.

     Sampling may also be necessary at SWMUs  where records  do  not
Indicate what wastes were disposed In  them.  Old landfills  and
surface Impoundments without Information on prior wastes may
require sampling; however, due to the  danger  Involved when  coring
or drilling Into oTd waste, this 1s best left for an RFI,

     In cases such as the previous one,  the Investigator may
determine, based upon best professional  judgment,  that  a release
1s likely to have occurred it  a unit.   At facilities with coopera-
tive own«.-/operators, 1t may be possible to move directly to an
RFI without collecting new sampling Information, even though the
evidence does not conclusively Indicate that a  release has  oc-
curred.  However, at some facilities,  1t may be necessary to
conduct sampling 1n the SV 1n  order to confirm or deny the preS"
tnce of a release before moving further 1n the  corrective action
process.
                               4-3

-------
B.   0eve 1 op 1 n f a S amgj 1n_§ .P. 1 an

     The sampling plan will  be the primary document directing the
collection  of additional  Information In the SV.   When the Inves-
tigator determines that  sampling 1s necessary at a facility.  It
will be Important to clearly specify the data that are required
and the reasons for obtaining  1t.  Investigators should remain
focused on  the objectives of collecting additional Information at
each unit,  because the choice  and extent of sampling locations,
methods, and parameters  will be critical to their ability to  make
meaningful  release determinations.

     The sampling plan should  be developed to collect evidence
the Investigator needs to make a release determination at a SWMU,
group of SWMUs, or other locations of concern.  This may Involve
collecting  direct evidence  (e.g., air samples from above or
around a surfact Impoundment)  or Indirect evidence (e,g, ground-
water sampling at a well  downgradl ertt from the SWMU) of a release.
In most cases, the investigator will collect samples from the
waste source and/or from an environmental medium, and based upon
knowledge of the pollutant migration pathway, deduce the likelihood
that the constituent originated 1n the SWMU.

     The sampling plan may be  developed by EPA, a contractor, the
owner/operator, or a combination of these, depending upon the
situation.    In all cases, EPA should review and approve the
sampling plan carefully before Initiating sampling activities.
Even 1n cases where EPA develops the sampling plan, It 1s Impor-
tant to review the plan 1n order to ensure that 1t meets Its
intended objectives.  Due to the cost and time Involved 1n an SV,
1t may be necessary to revise sampling plans several times through
an  Iterative process before finally Beginning work.

     The remainder of this  section describes how  to:

     (1) determine the extent and locations of sampling at the
         fadl 1ty ;

     (2) determine sampling methods and parameters;

     (3) format the sampling plan; and

     (4) review sampling plans.

1.   Pet e r ml n1 figt h e E x t e n t an d  L o c at 1 o n s
     £TJ>a m pTTng '''at the F:acTT1ty    '   """""

     Once the  Investigator  has determined  the need to  collect
additional  Information at various SWMUs or  other  areas  of  concern,
he/she will  need to determine how much  sampling will  be  necessary.
As  stated previously. Headquarters encourages the Regions  and
States to Hm1t the amount  of sampling  Information collected
during the SV to that necessary  to support  a  release  determination.
                               4-4

-------
Because of tht time and personnel  required to conduct  sampling,
tht Information collected should be as concise and focused as
possible.

     The extent of sampling required 1n the SV will  vary on a
ease-by-cai« basis, and will  depend upon the Investigator's best
professional Judgment concerning thi need for new information.
Several factors will  play a role In determining the  extent of
sampling at the facility:

     o  The extent of Information gathered during the  PR and VSI;

     o  The cooperatlveness of the owner/operator; and

     o  The complexity of the unit and the potential  environmental
        media of concern.

     The following guideline  should be followed when  determining
how much sampling 1s  required;  The stronger the cast  that nttds
to be made to compel  an owner/operator to conduct an  RFI, or to
convince the public that a SWMU dots not post a threat, the more
Information that should be collected 1n the SV.

     In general, the  Investigator should saek evidence that a
constituent Identified 1n a SWMU has migrated to ont  of tht
environmental media.   In such cases, one positive sample confirm-
ing the presence of th« constituent of concern 1n a  well-diflnid
migration pathway may be sufficient to compel the owner/optrator
to conduct an RFI.  However,  1t may be necessary to  tafce samples
at several different  points around a unit to ensure  that all of
the potential migration pathways have been sampled.

     Detailed Information on  pollutant migration pathways 1n each
of the environmental  media 1s presented In Chapters  Five through
Nine.  The Investigator should Identify the potential  migration
pathways of concern for each  SWMU during the PR and  VSI.  The
location and number of samples necessary to Identify  a release
will  vary by unit type and by the migration pathway  being Inves-
tigated.  For example, one groundwater monitoring wt11 may be
Insufficient to Identify a release from a closed landfill dug to
the complexities of the ground-water pathway.  However. 1t may
only  be necessary to  take one hNU reading from above  or around
a wastewater treatment ynlt 1n order to Identify an  air release.
Each  of the media-specific chapters contains specific  details on
determining the extent and location of sampling.

     When the Investigator his reason to believe that  an owner/
operator 1s likely to contest EPA's determination that a SMMU
should be Investigated 1n an  RFI, the Investigator should be sure
to gather sufficient  sampling Information to support  his/her
judgment on the likelihood of release.  Should It be  necessary  to
compel  the owner/operator to  conduct an RFI through  an enforcement
order and administrative hearing, the outcome will depend greatly
on the quality and conclus1veness of the data.  Similarly the
                               4-5

-------
Agency will r§qu1ri strong data when defending Its actions in a
public hearing.

2.   Chops1ng Sampl1n| Methods and Perimeters

     The Investigator should choose appropriate sampling methods
and parameters during the SV 1n order to obtain meaningful sam-
pling results.  The sampling plan should specify what methods and
parameters will be used at each sampling location at the facility,
It should also specify the number of samples to be taken at each
sampling point (sampling SOPs and QA/QC guidelines are discussed
later In this chapter).  The media-specific chapters describe
many of the sampling methods which will be most valuable during
the SV and the criteria for choosing them.

     In general* 1t will be possible to chooss sampling techniques
and parameters which provide Information on the unit ranging from
general Indications of a release to precise, quantitative evidence
of a release.  In some cases, It may be appropriate to take
screening level measurements (e.g., a VOC measurement with an hNU
photolonlzer), while 1n other cases H may be necessary to sample
for specific organic or Inorganic compounds.  As stated previously,
sampling for specific compounds will generally provide the most
useful results during the SV.  This will aid 1n developing a
more defensible Remedial Investigation Plan,

     Sampling for Indicator parameters such as total organic
halogens (TQX), conductivity, or pH may be useful when the
Investigator has little or no Idea what wastes may have been
released to a medium.  However, these parameters can give only
limited Information a/id will not provide sufficient evidence of
release 1n most cases.  Whenever possible, 1t will be advantageous
to Identify the constituents of concern at each SMWU and sample
for those specific parameters,

     The Investigator should choose those sampling methods that
will provide the most usable results.  In some cases, then may
only be one method appropriate for sampling a specific medium
(e.g., the presence of methane 1s normally monitored w,1th a
combustible gas meter).  However, there w111 be casas when
several methods may provide evidence of release.

     For example, when Investigating ground-water releases from
old landfills where existing monitoring wells ar« present, the
Investigator should sample the ground water 1n order to Identify
releases.  However, existing monitoring wells may not always be
located sufficiently close to SWMUs to provide meaningful data on
releases.  In these cases, 1t may be necessary to take a number
of soil samples around the unit and/or 1n the unsaturated zone
beneath the landfill 1n order to Identify evidence of releases.
Alternatively, there may be Instances where electromagnetic
conductivity (EM) testing or soil gas testing will provide useful
screening level Information on prior releases at such units.
Finally, there may be unusual situations where the Investigator
                               4-6

-------
Mill  nied to drill  new ground-water monitoring wells 1n  order to
obtain Information  on ground-water contamination.   The Investigator
should be familiar  with each of the potentially appropriate
sampling techniques and choose the best ones for each situation.
The media-specific  chapters provide details on how to choose
appropriate sampling techniques.

3.   Forffiil fqj Samp11 ng Plan

     The sampling plan should be dear and understandable and
present logical actions for meeting the sampling objectives
at each SHMU, group of SWMUs, or other locations of concern.   The
Investigator should organize the sampling plan to Identify the
actions to be taken at the facility.  Depending upon the facility
characteristics, 1t may be appropriate to organize 1t by location
or by sampling technique,  ?or example, there could be sections
for each SWMU that  describe all of the sampling activities asso-
ciated with 1t; alternatively, there would be a section  on soil
sampling that Identifies all of the locations and methodologies
for sampling the soil throughout the facility.

     The sampling plan should Include Information on each of  the
following factors:

     o  Field ope fat 1 on

        The sampling plan should discuss the sequence for conducting
        the field activities.

     o  Sampling 1 o c: § 11 onis ../. r a t Ion ale

        As precisely as possible, the sampling plan should Iden-
        tify the location of each sample.  A site map should be
        prepared to guide the Investigator to the appropriate
        locations.  Specific sampling methods, the number of
        samples, the parameters being sampled, and a description
        of the objectives for each  sampling activity Should be
        included in the sampling plan.

     o  A n a 1yt1c a 1  requ1r ement s

        The sampling plan should discuss the technique  and level
        of detection that will  be used to  analyze each  sample.

     o  Sample_handl ijj^

        Sample preservation and other handling practices  should
        be described.
                               4-7

-------
                ii||f4Aim/|.p 11M	c o n t PP. I

        TN«  plan should  Identify the number  and  typt  of  quality
        assurance samples,  specifically the  number  of  blanks,
        dupHeitiS,  Of  spikes  that will be taken.   The specific
        QA/QC  guidelines  to  be  followed 1n this  program  are  to
        be  stipulated by  each  Region,

     o  Ei«.1J1i1tat jtacontaffil nation

        The  sampling plan should  Identify  the  reagents and  any
        special  procedures  associated with equipment  decontamina-
        tion*

     o  Chtifii  of custody

        All  samples  collected  (including  blanks  and spikes)  must
        be  maintained under  cha1n-of-custody procedures.  Chaln-
        of-eustody minimizes the  potential for damaging  OP  losing
        samples  before  they  are analyzed.  Chalrt-of-eustody  tracks
        the  possession  of a  sample  front the  time of collection,
        through  all  transfers  of  custody,  to when 1t  Is  received
        1n  thi laboratory,  where  Internal  laboratory  chalrt-Of*
        custody  procedures  take over*   Investigators  should  gen-
        erally follow regional  protocols  for eha1n-of"Custody
        procedures.

4,   RevltwJfit I SlfflBlIng Plan

     The Investigator should review the  sampling plan carefully
to ensure that It meets EPA's  objectives  at  each unit being
sampled.  The  Investigator should  be  sure tint appropriate  sampling
methods and  locations  are selected, and  that the extent  of  sam-
pling 1s appropriate for the determinations  that are made at each
sampling location.  This will  be  especially  Important when  the
owner/operator or an EPA contractor develops the Sampling plan;
however, even  when the  EPA Investigator  develops thi sampling
plan, H will  be useful to review the  plan In order to ensure  Its
completeness.

     The sampling plan  also describes  the leva!  of effort required
to conduct  the proposed sampling strategy.  This Information
1s usually  presented 1n terms of  person/hours for each sampling
technique or SWMU Investigated, and may  also Include an  estimate
of the elapsed time and the total  costs.


III. PREPARING FOR THE  SAMPLING VISIT

     The Investigator should plan a number af activities prior to
Initiating  the SV activities at e site,   Once the  sampling plan
has been completed, reviewed, and finalized, the Investigator can
make plans  to  begin the on-s1te activities.   These plans will
1 ndude:
                               4-B

-------
     (1)  i*1fflHfl facility

     (2)  Handling somMufHty relations (1f approprlate);

     |3)  PfiptMng a safity plans and

     (4)  Spielfylng EPA oversight of owner/operator sampling
          activities.

A.   0a.1_n 1 nft IMJ111y Access

     Prior to conducting the field work,  the Investigator should
contact tht owner/ open tor to schedule a  time for thi SV  team
to inter thi site and perform tht ntetssary field activities,
Although EPA staff nay already be coordinating activities for the
RFA with tht owner/operator, the appropriate regional person
should contact thi owner/operator to verify datii and describe the
nature of the field activities — sample collett 16ft, photographic
documentation,, facility inspection* and/or Instrument Monitoring.

     If the owner/operator Is responsible for collecting  and
analyzing the safltplis, then the IPA official should contact  the
owner/operator to schedule a date to d¥iriti thi f1i1d atitlvltles.
The agency should send the sampling plan  and pfflitflyfis  for
performing the sample collection to thi dWfiif/opifater suffl*
clently ahead §f tlfflt for htm to obfciln tht ippfipfliti  tupport^
If EPA is collecting and analyllng the sawpliii IPA Sftiuld offer
the owner/operator a split of a11 samplis eo11«6tidi  If  iht
owner/optrator wlshiS to havi Splits, IPA shiuld Initruct Him to
provide analytical sample bottles for the splits*

     After completing these arrangements, tPA should Sirtd a
letter to the owner/optrator confirming th§ dates and field
activities,  If accssi 1s denied. Appendix 0 pfovldts guldinct
on hot* to obtain access to a facility.

     In some cases 1t may be necessary to access adjacent Of
nearby properties in order to conduct a visual 1nspfct1«n or
collect samples.  SPA should provide verbal as wilt as Written
notification of the dates and nature of the work to owftsrt of
these properties,

     Although the RCRA Investigator 1s authorlied to Inspect a
facility and collect samples and photographs, the owner/operator
can require the Investigator to conduct the Inspection and sample
collection activities to protect his legitimate rights.   The
admlss1b111ty of data 1n court way later  be challenged 1f data
are collected 1n violation of the owner/operator's constitu-
tional  rights.  The owner/operator can observe Inspection actlvl*
ties, unless he Interferes with the safe, or technically  sound,
conduct at tha sampling wlslt.
                               4-9

-------
     Tha cmnif/o|frator has the right to request  confidential
treatment of Confidential  Business information (CBl),   Ordinarily,
environmental  monitoring data are not confidential.   If data
deemed confidential  by the owner/operator are needed to properly
evaluate the facility, then the Investigator should  Include a
precise description  of the confidential  data 1n the  field log
book.  The ifivelti gator should Instruct  the owner/operator to
follow up with a letter Identifying the  confidential data and
explaining the reason why  the data are business confidential,
EPA regulations governing  treatment and  handling  of  confidential
data are delineated  1n 40  CFR Part 2, Subpart B.  Sections 2,201
through 2.309i

6.   C ommu n 11 j,, nej at 1 o n s

     If 1t 1S  necessary to conduct field activities  1n or near
residential or non-Industrial business areas, then the agency
should contact the appropriate local  officials ahead Of time*
It is difficult to remain  unobtrusive while conducting site
Inspections, particularly  1f field workers are wearing protective
clothing.  Moreover, the presence of "official" people eOl1ict1ng
samples can cwse alarrta  In some caseS|.1t tflll  be  difficult  fcO
prevent thl? but prior, well-handled community contact can minimize
the alarm.

     The Office cif Solid Waste 1s preparing guidance on community
relations that will  be available later this year*  This document
will provide specific guldanee on when and how to Implement a
community relations  prdgram at RCRA facilities*

C.   Prepftflftfl a Safejyt Plan

     Agency personnel should prepare a safety plan for each sam-
pling visit In accordance  with appropriate EPA guidance*  the
safety plan 1s usually prepared last and 1s tailored to the
specific SV activities.  For some SVs, the safety plan will be
very simple and require few protective measures.   Other, more
problematic sites, may require use of higher levels  of protection,
For example, If the  SV Involves sampling lagoons, then the safety
requirements will be more  Involved than  for one Involving simple
visual reconnaissance.  In developing the safety  plan* the owner/
operator should be asked about potential hazards  1n  advance of
field work, and should consult the Facility Contingency Plan.

     Appendix  E contains Chapter 9 from EPA's S t a nd a f ft Qg t rating
Safety Suldes. 19B2  (SOSG) that explains how to develop a proper
site safety plan.  The SOSSs were prepared 1n accordance with  EPA
and other Federal health and safety guidelines, regulations and
orders.  This  appendix discusses the steps Involved  1n developing
a safety plan  and elaborates on the contents of each section of
the plan.

     A brief outline of the contents of  the safety plan 1s provided
below.
                               4-10

-------
     o  Describe  Known Hazards  and  Risks
     o  Us! Key  Personnel  and  Alternates
     a  Identify  Li*8ls of  Protection  to  be  Worn
     o  Identify  Work  Areas
     o  Identify  Access Control  Procedures
     o  DeseMiSi  (Jeegntamlnation Procedures
     o  Deseflbs  Site  Monitoring Program
     o  Identify  Special  Training   (Ulred
     o  Describe  Heather-Related Precautions

     EPA personnel  should participate  In  an  Agency-sponsored
safety course before visiting a  site,

0.   EPA Oversi git  of  Owner/Ope rat or Sampling Activities

     The sampling visit plan should Include  provisions  for EPA
oversight when the  owner/operator conducts  the sampling activities.
The level of IPA  Involvement will depend  upon the extent  of
sampling, the complexity of the  s1t0^  and  the edoperstlveness  of
the owner/operator.  In some cases, EPA may  believe that  the
owner/operator can  be  counted on to provide  reliable results*   In
such situations*  EPA oversight  of the  sampling activities Way  be
limited to presence at the  facility during  one ddy of the sampling
only.   In other  cases, 1t may be necessary  to provide iPA presence
at the facility  it-all times during the sampling  activities*   The
investigator should take splits  of  all samples edlliited. by the
owner/operator.


!V.  CONDUCTING  THE SAMPLING VISIT

     The Investigator  may begin  the site  activities once he/she
has completed all of the preliminary activities*   the sampling
visit  Involves gaining access to the site,  performing tfie sampling
activities, taking  photographs  of all  activities* keeping the  SV
portion of the logbook, preparing samples  for shipment  and analysis,
and, finally, decontamination/demobilization.

A.   Preliminary Site  Activities

     The investigator  should meet with the owner/dperator prior
to entering the  facility to conduct sampling*  The 1f*vest1 gjator
will already have conducted a VSI;  therefore, the otfrtirVbperator
should have some understanding of the  corrective  action process
from the Initial  meeting with the investigator(s)„  However, the
investigator should be prepared to answer questions concerning
his/her plans for sampling,  In cases  where the owner/operator
will conduct the sampling,  the investigator can ffitke the arrange-
ments  to accompany  him/her at this  time.   In addition,  the Inves-
tigator should offer to provide the owner/operator with duplicate
samples,
                               4-11

-------
B,
     The investigator should fallow the sampling plan once He/she
has gained access to the facility.  Tha sampling plan should
describe a1 1 tf tHe Sampling locations, methods, and procedures
to bi fulloiidf  If, for any reason, It is necessary to diverge
from the sirtpllrig plan, changes should be documented carefully.
             ss of who performs the sample collection, continuous
monitoring for vipor emissions 1s needed to detect §1r releases
from sampling i Set 1 vltles .  If tht owner/operator 1s collecting
the sampltSi EPA/State Investigators should document precisely the
sequence of sirtpllng activities, the procedures and Instruments
used, and desirlbe the samples (Including location* depth§
appearance, etc*}*
                                              \
     The IPA Regional offices have developed  SON  for most SV
sampling tasks under the CERCLA PA/SI prpfram,  trt addition, IPA's
Office of Waste Programs Envorcement {OWPf) h« diVfloped the
RCP5A B round i§Sftf ,::Mmn||or1n| Teeh,tileA| EJlttM^
{Mot (fliO')" ti |f6¥Tle';'gu1dlInce ort "ii'il l^ftifil 1|f16H III sllpllnf
procedyrtsi EPS/SW-i4e also provides sirtplirfg  Iftd  irtil^sli proce-
dures for media rflevant to the SV.  Nr tlie  ias'i  part j t-hise
SDPs are §pp|1eaiie to RCftA field tr^.ivltjii*.  If  fHf ION, are
not applicable Of SpprOprlate fur the pirtleultF flild iell^Hy,
then a new SOP should tie developed.  Where modifications to
existing SOPs are rnidfe, they s'hould be nofeid  in the Hild

c.   P
     Investigators should use  regular  ISfrtrn canleril  for
photographs*  They should not  use  filters, as tH||  tishd  if  dis-
color the picture ind ftay  unfairly bias the  rssilll  |  lt|g
leachafce seeps or lagdins  look different  from  fell  1lfi*   THe
Investigitor should Iderttlfy and  record In the  fliliUttifc  tMe
estact type of cinferi  (including 1*d»  numbir),  flltff  |i*ti»  PUJ1
ASA 200), and the lens used.  Photographs tafesrt «HH
lenses  (e.g., wide-angle)  are not admissible In court.
     Photographs should be  taken  to  doeumertt  thi  feSfltfitidfts  of
the facility and procedures  used  In  Inspection  leiivlfles*
Particular emphasis  should  be  placed  on matters  Idewtlflid  1n
the work plan.  Types  of  pictures  that should bi  tSfcefi  Include:
     o  Representative  overall  plcture(s)  of  f»c111||j
     o  Posted  signs  Identifying  ownership of facility?
     o  Evidence  of  releases — leachate  seeps, pools,,  discolored
        water,  or  strained  soils;
     o  Individual un1 ts~-l agoons ,  drums,  landfills,  etc.;
     o  Visual  evidence  of  poor facility  mal ntenince j
     o  Adjacent  land use;  and
     o  Area  that  unauthorized  persons  can easily access.
                                4-12

-------
0.

     The logbook fs ; irftips th"t most Important document produced
during the §V«  It series as a basis for Integrating the SV
results into tH« RF^ report, rtost Importantly, supporting the
work done and rlsults obtained In any future legal proceedings
under RCRA* of
     A unique logbook should be developed for each sltt and each
v'sft to the site.  Logbooks should be bound and each page sequen-
tially numbered.  Entries Into the logbook should be chronological
-- a tlrtt flotation ;shoul d Introduce §ich entry.  The logbooks
should be maintained with indelible ink,

     The f ol 1 of 1 fig 'types of entries should be rtade in the logbook:

     o  All personnel on site during each phase of the on sits
        work;

     o  All Instruments used during the field work with unique
        Idehtlf lestlun numbers;

     o  Description of film used;

     o  Description of th« weather and chftnges 1ri tNi weatHir;

     o  WiteM|l observations related to UiwS JtUfitlflftd Iri
        work piiflj

     o  Results of fltld fneasurements--d1stifiees * IHstrumerit
        readings, well mfasureintnts » loeat
     o  Factual descriptions of  structures • and  feat tjf-fs--wel 1 s
        and well construction, units*  contilnmertt, ilfUeturis,
        buildings,  hoads, topographic  and  giomorpMc  ffaitffllf,
       .locations;

     o  Signs  of cont«fn1nat1on--o1ly discharges ,  discolored  sd
        fices,  dead or stressed  vegetation;

     o  Sketches of facility layout, structured  futures  flrtd
        points, of contamination;

     o  Map of  facility showing  point  and  direction  of  photo-
        graphs;

     o  Location and  time of each  sample!  and

     o  Any other relevant  items.
                                4-13

-------
,E.   Stfflpli SJtiiiiii/AAnimlfi Ana ly s is

     Upon eoififnstlon of the onsite work  EPA  or  the  owner/operator
should deliver- all samples to the  laboratory  for  analysis,   SOPs
covering saniptf shipping are available  In  each  of the  regional
offices oh 1H EPA safety training  manuals,   T>  time  involved  in
analyzing samples can vary from 40 days  to thru«  to four  months.

F .   DaearttAiin,Ation/D^emo^j jjjj/tlain

     DeeoiitaffH nation of persons and equipment  occurs  not  only  at
the completion of all field work but  each  time  persons  exit  the
site, including rest breaks.

     In many  eases, decontamination may  be very simple, e»g«»
removing disposeble coveralls and  Cashing  field boots.   Decon-
tamination after sampling  activities  will  usual ly 1 ncl ude decon-
tamination of field persons, and sampling  and  field equipment.
     All  clothing  and  support  material;
 hould  be  containerized  either for  tr,si
 isposal  or  for  on-site  disposal.
     ,.,. 	.,..., 	 __rr_. - 	  ._Js that wilt not be  reused
should'be containerized either for  transport and eventual  off-site
d'      "     '       	     "
 V.    FINAL  RFA  RECOMMENDATIONS  FOR  FURTHER  ACfldfl

      The  final  task  in  the  RFA  process  is  to raal|e re<;fmm£H<|ai1ons
 concerning  the  need  for further actions at  iHe facility*  These
 recommendations  include:   (1)  taking  no further Icilohj (2) con-
 ducting an  RFI  to  idefitify  the  rate and extertt tif riieissfs from
 SWMUs,  groups  of  SMMi/Sj or  other releases  of c^rte«Fnj If) fjllrtrtirtg
 and  implementing  irrterim measures at  the facility; fr (4) referring
 the  further investi gfation and  control  off permitted SWMu releases
 or othsr  unusual  releases to other  erivi ronmentsl  p^giri
 The  investigator  will  have  completed  the RFA only iffer
 dations have been  made  which cover  all  potential  re?iiase*S (if
 concern investigated in the
      In  order  to  make these reciommendat ions , the irttf^stf gator
 may  make determinations  concerning the likelihood of release
 for  some SWMUs after completing the PR and VSl .  IrtJJther eases,
 it will  not  be oossible  to. make determinations urtti? s^ipling
 results  from th;!  SV have been evaluated.   Me diseass i.tjgiow how to
 make final  release determinations at the  end of the RFA arfd how
 to make  recommendations  for further action.

 A.    H a k ing  RFA Release  Determinations

 1 .    EyaAuat   _Safi_n^
      The  first  step  in making an RFA release determination wi
 require  the  investigator to use best professional judgment in
 evaluating the  sampling results from the SV.  This evaluation
                                4-14

-------
should be straightforward as long as the sampling plan was  devel-
oped correctly, e.g., sampling points were selected to provide
enougn additional  evidence to support this determination.

     After the laboratory completes Its analysis, the Investigator
can evaluate the validity of the analytical  results from the
*ampl1ni, activities.  When EPA conducts the sampling, preliminary
review of analytical data Involves ensuring that all  deliverable*
required by the CLP ar* Included fn the data package, checking
that all forms are completed within the requirements  of the
contract^ ar»d Identifying tr*e key quality assurance Items  In the
data package.  The EPA Regional  Environmental  Services Divisions
(ESOs) will perform s qualitative analysis of  the data after this
preliminary data review* and determine 1f the  data results  are
valid.   When the sampling Is conducted by the owner/operator,
the investigator should rely upon best professional judgment In
evaluating the validity of the lab results,

2.   Integrating Data Collected During the PR. VSI,and 5V

     Once the Investigator has evaluated the validity of the
sampling results, he/she should Incorporate this additional data
with the Information collected previously on each release location.
Hy this point \fi the process, the Investigator should have  all
additional Information that was requested of the owner/operator
to facilitate determining the likelihood of a  release.

3.   petarginlng the_JLj[kel1 hood .of Rjejjase

     The Investigator should rely upon his/her best professional
judgment At the end of the RFA process to determine the likeli-
hood of release to all environmental media  for all SWMUs and
other areas of concern.  The VSI chapter described how the Investi-
gator should make Initial determinations of release it each SMMU,
group of $WMUs» or other potential areas of concern.  The Inves-
tigator will use the same basic judgment at the  end of the SV;
the primary difference will be that there should be additional
Information to support a determination after conducting the SV.

     The Investigator should determine the  likelihood that a SWMU
has released by evaluating evidence collected 1n the  8FA.   In
sorae cases, the investigator w'll have dlract evidence of a
release, which s*1l 1 provide the strongest support  for a determi-
nation*  In most cases,  the Investigator will  be required to make
deductions from Indirect evidence about the likelihood of release.
A*, stated previously, the strength  of  these deductions will
depend  upon the quality  of  the waste  Information,  the extent  to
which the pollu ant migration pathways have been characterized,
and the quality of  the environmental  sampling results and  visual
observations.

     The level of evidence  needed to  support  a determination  will
vary on a case-by-case basis, depending upon  the cooperatlveness
of the  owner/operator, the  EPA objectives at  the facility,  and
the complexity of the facility,   In  general,  it  will  be sufficient


                               4-15

-------
to Identify one constituent that  1s  present  1n  both  a  SMMU  and  1n
the migration pathway to support  a  release  determination.
The Investigator does not need to demonstrate with  statistical
confidence that the SWMU has released  during the  RFA.

8.   Making Recommendations forEachSWMU or Group  of  SHMUs

     The final step 1n the RFft will  entail  making recommendations
cc  erning the need for further Investigations  under the  corrective
action authority, based upon the  release determinations  described
above.  This section describes each  of the  four possible  recommen-
dations below: no further Investigation, Investigate further  1n
an Rrl, plan and Implement Interim corrective measures,  and refer
the control of a permitted release to  another environmental
program office.

1.   No Further Invesit 1ga11on

     Investigators may conclude that a SWMU, a  grouping  of  SHHUs,
or an entire facility does not require further  Investigation
based on the Information available from the PR  and  a visual In-
spection.  In some cases 1t will  be advisable to collect  some
sampling and analytical data to confirm that a  unit or area has
not created a release that poses  a threat to human  health and the
environment.  For many SHMUs, the determination that no  further
Investigation 1s necessary will be relatively simple and  straight-
forward.

     Some units will have design  and operating  characteristics
which will effectively prevent releases to the  environment.  For
example, a wastewater treatment unit nay have a cover to prevent
the release of VOCs to the air; such a unit would not  require
further Investigation for air releases.

     SWMUs which never contained  constituents of concern w11l
not require further Investigation.

     It 1s also appropriate to eliminate certain units from
further study on the basis that they clearly have not released
hazardous wastes or constituents  into the environment.  Examples
of such units Include elevated tanks and, 1n some cases,  surface
level storage tanks.   In the case of aboveground tanks, unit
design and operation, plus the Inspector's direct knowledge of
the facility, can provide sound evidence that the unit has not
caused a significant release.  It will  rarely be possible  to make
such determinations for  landfills and surface impoundments.  More
explicit information as to making a "r,o  further action" determina-
tion is presented In the media-specific  chapters.
                               4-16

-------
2.   InvestigateReleases Further 1n
     a RCgi Seltdlal  Investlgat1on"

     T'/ie Investigator should recommend that  a SWMU or other
release be Investigated further In an RF-I when he/she Identifies
a SWHU with a likelihood (or documented evidence) of a release
which may pose a potential  threat to human health and the environ-
ment.  He/she should  describe each SMWU and  the relevant environ-
mental media which should be Investigated 1n the RFI.  It will be
Important 1n focusing the RFI to  determine which media are of
concern for each SHMU or potential release.

     There are situations where the facility as a whole poses a
problem and where 1t  1s difficult to distinguish between Individ-
ual  SWHUs as sources  of contamination.  In these cases, it may be
more efficient to refer the entire facility  to the RFI and require
the owner/operator to Investigate the facility as a whole.

3 ,   Adjopt In t e r 1m He a sure s

     The RFA should result 1n a recommendation to adopt Interim
measures at the facility when the Investigator believes Immediate
action should be taken to protect human health or the environment
from releases.  The Investigator should evaluate the severity of
the release and the proximity of potential receptors when assessing
the need for Interim corrective measures.

     Temporary corrective measures may be appropriate 1n situa-
tions where there Is  a release of hazardous  wastes or constituents
Into the environment  that Is currently affecting or will affect
target populations or sensitive environments and the release may
be temporarily or permanently arrested by some type of Interim
solution.

     The R C R A §3008(h) Correct I ye A ct1 on Orders  In t e r1m Hea5 u re s
Guidance TTr'a'ftl pro v 1 "desTUet a 11s on a p p r op rl ate a ct 1 bhs To t a k e
1n situations where Immediate action fs needed.  Examples of
Interim measures Include: fencing a facility 1n  order to prevent
direct contact with wastes; or stabilizing weak  dikes to prevent
further surface water releases from Impoundments.  It 1s Important
that these units should be Investigated further  1n an RFI 1n  order
to determine the adequacy of the Interim measure and/or to design
a permanent solution.

4.   Refer PC r Ml_t_ted Release to Other Pjro.gr am C^f|ees

     Permitted releases which may either directly or Indirectly
be posing a threat to human health or the environment should  be
referred to the State or Federal program office  that Issued the
permit.  EPA has not developed guidelines on such referrals,  thus
they should be conducted as necessary on a case-by-case basis.
When the other program office cannot or will not  Investigate  or
control the release, the Investigator may recommend that the
units be Investigated in an RFI and/or that  Interim measures  be
1nltlated.


                               4-17

-------
     When the RFA Identifies  contamination  resulting  from permit-
ted discharges or discharges  requiring permits  that  require
further Investigation 1n an RFI,  EPA will  work  on  a  case-by-case
basis with the Regions and other  EPA permit programs  to  develop  a
solution to the contamination resulting from the  discharges.   For
example, when frequent violations of NPDES  permits 1n the past
have resulted 1n an accumulation  of hazardous materials  In stream
sediments, the RCRA Investigator  should work with  the NPDES  auth-
ority to develop a solution to the contamination.


VI.  FINAL RFA PRODUCT

     The final RFA report will document the activities undertaken
In the PR, VSI, and SV.  Many documents win be generated during
the SV, Including a sampling plan, safety  plan, sampling results,
an evaluation of the sampling results, and release determinations
and recommendations for each unit.  All of this Information
should be compiled Into the RFA report for future reference
during further phases of the corrective action  program.   Appen-
dix A provides a sample outline for the RFA report.
                               4-18

-------
                           CHAPTER  FIVE

                           GROUND  WATER


I.    INTRODUCTION

A.    Purpose

     This chapter provides technical  Information  to support  the
investigation of releases to ground water,  with the exception  of
releases from regulated units, during the RFA.   While Chapters Two
through Four provide general guidance on conducting an RFA,  this
chapter focuses OP specific factors unique to the ground-water
medium that should be considered by the  Investigator.

B.    SCOJNS

     The scope of the RFA, discussed 1n  Chapter One, extends to
all  operating, closed, or closing RCRA faculties,  The Investi-
gator should evaluate the likelihood that a facility may have
releases to the ground water, with the exception  of "regulated
units" (land disposal units that received wastes  after July  26,
1962).  Releases to ground water from regulated units should be
addressed 1n permits according to the requirements of Subpart  F
of  Part 264 (or corresponding State regulations), rather than
through §3QQ4(u).  The Investigation of  ground-water contamina-
tion from regulated units will not be part of the RFA.

     It 1s not the purpose of the RFA to install  Sul^part f mon-
toMng wells 1n order to detect conclusively the presence of a
release.  It will usually be sufficient  to demonstrate that  there
1s  a likelihood of release from a specific unit to the ground
water 1n order to require further investigations.  The Investi-
gator should rely upon best professional judgment when estab-
lishing evidence of release to ground water.

     This chapter 1s organized to reflect -the separate phases of
the RFA process.  The first section describes the technical
factors that should be considered during the PR and VSI.  The
second section describes the technical approach to obtaining
additional sampling Information 1n the SV for ground wattr,  and
sh&jild be consulted along with Chapter Three on conducting a
sampling visit.  The final section discusses factors to consider
when making release determinations for ground water  at the end  of
the RFA.  This section also presents options for further investi-
gation of ground-water releases to be evaluated at the end of the
RFA.

-------
It.   CONDUCTING A PRELIMINARY  REVIEW AND  VISUAL  SITE
     INSPECTION §F &R0UN0-WATER RELEASE  POTENTIAL

     Th1i ttctlGft presents technical  Information related  specif-
ically to the ground-water pathway to be  considered  when  conduct-
Ing  the prtllsflrtary review and visual sltt Inspection,   Accordingly,
this station 1s organized to reflect the  primary goals  of the PR
and  VS! described In Chapters  Two &,id Three:

     o  Identifying and describing potential  threats  to ground
        water at 8CRA facilities; and

     o  Malting a preliminary assessment  of thi nted  for further
        1nvest1gallons at these facilities.

     This section reflects the Importance of  the five categories
of Information to consider 1n  conducting RFAs presented In Exhibit
1-1.   It presents technical Information  specific to  thi ground-
water pathway covering the five areas and technical  Information
to help the Investigator determine when  additional  sampling will
he necessary 1n an SV to Identify ground-water rtltases.   The
section discusses each area separately:

     (1)  Unit characteristics;

     (2)  Waste characteristics;

     (3)  Pollutant migration pathways;

     (4)  Evidence of release;

     (5)  Exposure potential,' and

     (6)  Determining the need for additional sampling Information.

     This Information will be relevant to the evaluation of
written documents 1n the PR and  Information gathered 1n a VS1.
Consult Chapters Two and Three for general guidance  on how to
conduct PRs and VSls.

A.   Un11 C ha r a c t a r1st 1cs

     The design and operating characteristics of a unit w111
determine to a great extent Its  potential  for releas1n§ hazardous
constituents to ground water.  Many  treatment,  storage, and
disposal units are designed to prevent releases to tht environ-
ment.   The Investigator should evaluate the unit characteristics
of each SMWU or group of  SMMUs at a  facility  to determine Its
potential for  releasing hazardous constituents  to ground water.

     The general  potential  for ground water contamination from
any unit depends, to a great  extent, upon  Its nature and function.
This concept Is reflected  1ft  RCRA hazardous waste regulations.
For example, ground water  monitoring 1s not a requirement for
                                5-2

-------
container storage units, while monitoring 1s  required for land-
based units.  Therefore, 1n evaluating the likelihood of  ground-
water releases from a unit, the Investigator  should assess  each
unit based upon:

     o  ftn understanding of the overall  potential  of the  unit
        to cause ground water releases;

     o  An understanding of the primary  mechanisms by which
        releases may occur from the unit; and

     o  An assessment of unit-specific factors which, singularly
        or 1n combination, Indicate the  relative likelihood of
        ground water releases from the unit.

     The Investigator should first consider the relative  potential
of the unit to release.  Exhibit 5-1 presents a generalized rank*
1ng, 1n rough descending order, of different  types of units and
their overall potential for causing ground-water contamination.
It lists the most common mechanisms by which  ground-water releases
can occur from each unit type.

     Exhibit 5-1 provides only a very theoretical  sense of the
relative potential for units to cause ground  water releases.
Unit-specific factors should be evaluated 1n  determining  whether
further ground water Investigations are needed for a particular
unit.

     The following un1t*spec1f1c factors  should be evaluated 1n
assessing a SWMU for ground water releases:

     (1)  Unit design;  ,
     (2)  Operational history; and
     (3)  Physical Integrity of the unit.
                                                       /
     In making a unit assessment, the Investigator should consider
ways 1n which the above factors may combine to suggest whether or
not releases have occurred.  For example, examination  of an above-
ground tank may  reveal evidence of soil  contamination  adjacent to
the unit.  However, the operational history of the unit  reveals
that the tank has been  1n operation for only six months, the tank
1s 1n good condition, and  records Indicate that the  contamination
occurred as a s1ng!e> relatively small overflow event.   Considera-
tion of all of these factors Indicates that, despite the evidence
of so11 contamination,  likelihood of  a release to  ground water 1s
very remote, and furtiier  remedial Investigations for ground water
may not be necessary.   The factors listed above are  discussed 1n
more detail below.
                                5-3

-------
                           EXHIBIT 5-1

            RAMKtMS OF UNIT POTENTIAL  FOR  GROUND  HATER
                RfLIASES AND MECHANISMS  OF RELEASE
     Unit
          Rtletsi Mechanism
Class IV Injection

  Well
Lanrffll 1
Land Treatment Unit
Underground Tank
Waste Pile
Class I Injection
  Well
Spillage of other releases from waste
handling operations at the well head
Escape of wastes from well casing
Wastes are Injected directly Into the
subsurface
Surface Impoundment   o
Migration of wastes/constituents through
liners {If present) and soils
Damage to liners
Overflow events and other spillage outside
the Impoundment
Seepage through dikes to surface artd/or
subsurface

Migration of liachate through Unsrs
(1f present) and softs
Precipitation rynoff to surrounding
surface and subsurface
Spills and other releases outside the
containment area from loading/unloading
operations

Migration of constituents through the
unsaturated zone
Precipitation runoff to surrounding
surface and subsurface

Tank shell failure
Leaks from piping and ancillary equipment
Spillage from coupling/uncoupling
operations
Overflow

Leachate migration through Uner
(if present) and soils
Precipitation runoff to surface/subsurface

Spillage or other  releases from waste
handling operations  at the well head
Escape of wastes from well casings
Migration of wastes  from the  Injection  zone
through confining  geologic strata to upper
aqulfers
                               5-4

-------
                         EXHIBIT 5-1 (Continued)

              RANK1N6 0^ UNIT POTENTIAL FOR SROUNO WATER
                  RELEASES AND HICHANISMS OF RELEASE


     MftIt	Tjgjrt.	Release HeehiMsm


In-ground Tank*           o Overflow
                          o Tank wall failure
                          o Leaks  from ancillary eaulpfftent
                          o Spillage from coupling/uncoupling operations

Container Storage         o Spills from contalrttrs/contalrter failure
  Unit                      subsequent migration through liner of base
                            (1f any) and soils
                          o Predpttitfon runoff from storage areas

Above Bround Tank         o Overflow
                          o Shell  fa1 lure/eorrcfsfon
                          o Leaks  fram anclllafy equipment
                          o Coupling/uncoupling operations

Incinerator               o Spillage or other reltiSes  from waste
                            handlfnf er pfipnrat1tn tctltitles
                          o Spills due to mechanical failure
                                   5-5

-------
1.    Unit flill4n

     Evaluation of the unit's design should  focus  on  the  following
areas:

     o  The unit's capacity and dimensions;

     o  Materials, design, and construction  of a unit;

     o  Any engineered features designed to  prevent
        releases to ground water; and

     o  The adequacy of such features.

     The capacity and dimensions of a unit affect  the potential
for a release 1n several  ways depending upon the unit type. A
large volume, shallow surface Impoundment 1s more  likely  to have
a release than a smaller capacity unit.  The shallow  depth with
the large volume Indicates that there 1s a large surfaca  area on
the bottom of the Impoundment.  Most releases occur through the
bottom by exflltratlon through a clay liner  or through leaks In  a
synthetic liner.  The larger the bottom surface, ths  greater the
livelihood that bottom leaks or exflltratlon Will  oeeiir.

     Some units have engineered features that will reduce the
potential for a release to ground water,  Landfills with  double
liners and a leachate collection system will be much  less likely
to have a release to ground water than do either land-based units
without liners or with single clay liners.  Some features In-
stalled to prevent ground water releases have different abilities
to do so effectively.  For example, single clay liners do not
prevent releases, but they delay the movement of leachate through
the less permeable clay layers.

2-   Operational History

     During the PR, the Investigator should  evaluate the  unit's
operational history for Information that Indicates a release to
ground water may have occurred.  Operational factors that may
Influence the likelihood of ground water releases  Include:

     o  $ierV1[ce> 1Mlfe gif_ thie u_n 1^.  Units that have been managing
        wastes for long peTrToffs of time usually have a greater
        likelihood of releases than units that  have  been opera-
        ting for short periods of time.  For example, an under-
        ground tank that has been 1n service for six months will
        have a much smaller likelihood of leakage  due to corrosion
        than will a twenty-year eld underground tank.

     0  Ope r at 1 0 g a 1 s.t at u s .   In some cases,  the operational
        'status of a storage unit (e.g.  closed, Inactive,  decom-
        missioned) may have an effect  on the relative likelihood
        of a ground water  release.
                               5-6

-------
     0  |it|iiiAC Jiff MtM^-i-ft *  Proper wilntenanee, regular inspec-
                              for ensuring waste compatibility
        with tht tfiMt my Indicate that a unit 1s unlikely to havt
        ri1*Ii«d (this Is particularly true for storage units
        tttth it tiftks tnd container storage areas).  Evidence of
        good (jrperitlonal  practices may be available from owner/
        optritor records, and/or visual observation or historical
        Insjseetloft reports.  Conversely, poor operating practices
        («*!*» underground tanks that are fttvtr leak tested or
                d Internally, storage of open containers of
                may Indicate relativity greater potential for
               water releases,
3.   Phy_ MM ,L , lit li flr 1 1 y of Unit

     During the Vsr, the investigator should examine the physical
condition of the unit for Indications of releases that way contami-
nate ground w«ter.  Deterioration of above-ground tanks should
reveal obvious  signs of rust, corrosion and spills.  Records of
recent leak inspections may also be available for both above and
below ground tanks, and these should be reviewed as part of the
PR,

     It is likely to be difficult to evaluate the physical Integ-
rity of many larfeMBised units,  Mowevir, dlket ir'itfnd surftee
impoundments tay show signs such as cruwbllrigj sltiiflrtg, dnd
1nf lltratlttff around the toe, suggesting that iht 1fit^§7i1ty of the
impoundment Is  quest lemable.  In general, the Irtvtfsflgator cart
assume that Ktost WrtHned landfills and surfiee 1iipoahd«ints hive
leaked to ground water,

B.   Has t e C h a r MS t e r 1 s t Us

     The fnvestlfttor should attempt to Identify the wastes
handled at a facility and originally contained within a Sttfftt or
group of SWMUs  during the PR.  In the PR, the IriVesf IfitBf will
try to connect  1nf&r«»t1on on waste types, hydrttf if legit charac-
teristics, and  ground-water contamination to deiif-wlrte whtthfer
or not a SWMU,  or group of SMMUs, or other areas tf fe^neern at
RCRA facilities have released constituents to the grtfcind water,
This section describes technical factors to consider whtn identl*
fying waste characteristics relevant to ground-water releases.
It also discusses physical /chemical properties thit will affect
tne release potential of wastes and their subsequent transport  in
ground water*

     The tendency for different haiardous constituents to migrate
from a given unit or area, through the unsatiirated zone, and Into
the ground water, will depend upon: the amount of wtste present,
Us physical state (I.e., liquid or solid), and the physical and
chewical properties of the constituents and the geologic materials
Many of the constituents In Appendix VII! are essentially Insol-
uble In water (at neutral pH) and/or bind tightly to soil par-
ticles, reducing their tendency to migrate in ground water.  The
                               5-7

-------
Investigator Should consider the potential  mobility of the wastes
In a unftj 1ri combination with previously described unit-specific
factors, when assessing the likelihood of release.

     The Mobility of organic constituents can be expressed quan-
titatively by the sorptlon equilibrium coefficient  (Kjj).   The
value of K^ depends upon the organic content of the soil  and the
constituent-specific soil adsorption coefficient (Koc).   In most
cases, 1t dill be more useful to estimate the relative mobility
of a constituent by considering only the Inherent mobility of the
constituent as expressed by Koc; the Investigator will seldom have
access to Information on the organic content of soils at  a facility

     Few Koc values have been estimated for specific constituents;
however, the octane!-water partition coefficient, (Kow),  can be
used as an Indicator of KQC.  Appendix E presents KQ^ and log
(Kow) values for many constituents of concern for ground-water
releases.  Because these are log values, chemicals  with  Kow values
of more than two can be considered relatively Immobile;  a value of
less than one Indicates that the constituent Is relatively mobile.

     There are several limitations on using this measure  of mobil-
ity.  As stated above, actual constituent ffiob1l1ty  depends upon
the organic content of the soil, Which will not be  known  1n most
cases.  In addition, other geologic factors fe^g*,  fitilts, frac-
tures, solution cavities) may provide opert eHafiriels for  the
migration of contaminants which could make the application of the
concept of waste mobility Inappropriate In these §1t«a*1orts»  The
presence of other wastes In a unit may also substantially alter
the mobility of a constituent*

     Hazardous metals and Inorganic compounds may also be" rela-
tively mobile 1n ground water (e.g., arsenic and cyanides are
extemely mobile constituents).  Their mobility will depend upon
the pH of the wastes and the ground water, the ox^datldfi-redtietlon
potential of the ground water, *nd the Hgsnds present ftif complex
formation (e.g., the presence of carbonate Ions In  the ground
water will support the formation of relatively Immobile  metal
complexes), and the geologic factors discussed above.  The geo-
chemistry of the materials underlying the facility  will  affect
constituent mobility by  governing the presence off these Hgands
(e.g., carbonate Ions will generally predominate 1n limestone
aquifers).

n.   Pollutant Migration Pathways

     The Investigator should evaluate any available Information
pertaining to the hydrogeolog1c characteristics of a  facility
1n order to determine the pollutant migration pathways associated
with ground-water releases during the PR.  This Information,  such
as the direction and magnitude of ground-water flow,  soil charac-
teristics, depth to ground water, aquifer media, and  climate,
may play a major role In Identifying ground-water releases at a
facility.  The Investigator should rely on best professional
                               5-8

-------
Judjmtftt and Stirtdird geologic and hydregeologie principles,
consulting lift irtforfltaff on sources discussed In Chapter Two or?
the sutrtuffiei eMiraeterlstles of the site.

     In easts wfitri the Investigator finds little direct evidence
that a piftltulif unit had a release to ground water (e.g.,
documented evJffrtet of a substantial tank leak), he/she may have
to deduct the likelihood of release from a facility by linking In-
formation on wastiS, units comprising the facility characteristics
of the pollutant migration pathway, and evidence of ground-water
contamination located In this migration pathway.  This demonstra-
tion will depend primarily upon an adequate characterisation of the
direction and rate of ground-water flow at the facility*

     The Investigator may choose to recommend more detailed or
immediate Investigations at the end of the RFA for facilities
with particularly vulnerable ground water {eig*, shallow sattd and
gravel aquift*«sj,  More definitive guidance on evaluating thi
vulnerability of ground water Is contained in the criteria for
determining ground water vulnerability which OSM released In July
1986, [Interim {*'«!,_ July 31. 1986 "Criteria fer Identifying
Areas of Vulnerable Hydrogeolofy . "1  this guldifei #*y fc* Helpful
ir» situations where a more complete understandlrtf $f grfturtd wltar
vulnerability irfoUld assist 1n waking tfte rteees/ilry dit e r iff 1 rial ions
in the RFA for a facility.

     The ground water regime of the facility should fce evaluated,
for other potential migration paths,  for eAaiplf, §r*ourtd i^aier
often recharges surface water bodies.  Locating |(fttt»fjd-wiitf r
discharge points may toe Important when identifying |Ne pofeefftial
for surface water releases resulting fro* corrtailrtiitd f round water
     Evaluation 8f the ground-water pollutant rn
may also Include evaluating any existing ground*wattr fohitorlng
systems at the facility which may be capable of. deiectlrtg releases.
If ft appears that an existing monitoring system way provide
information on continuing releases it the facility, 1t may be
ntcessiry to evaluate Its technical adequacy.  Procedures for
examin-fng the technical adequacy of existing m0nv1*0Mrig wells are
described in Section III of this chapter,

     When the investigator determines that an e*1st1n§ ground-
water monitoring system and tn£ sampling and analysis program are
adequate to detect releases t,6 ground water, and analytical data
(e.g., within the past year) indicate that there is no release,
it may not be necessary to Investigate the unit or facility
further.

D .   Evidence of Release

     The investigator should examine any available sources of
1 ^formation to identify evidence that constituents have been
released to the ground water at a facility,  The Investigator
should evaluate both direct and indirect evidence of release
                               5-9

-------
during the PR fftd VSI.  Qeneral  considerations  on how to look for
evidence of release are discussed 1n Chapters Two and Three.

     Direct evidence of release  to ground water may Include
official reports of prior release Incidents, such as a major  tank
car sp1H to the ground or documentation that a surface impoundment
hss released to ground water (e*g«» some states used to permit
releases to ground water through their NPDES permitting process).

     Indirect evidence of a release from the facility or a specific
unit at the facility win usually entail Information on general
ground-water contamination.  When the Investigator identifies
indirect evidence of a SWMU release of this type, It may op
necessary to determine which SNMUs are likely to have released
the relevant constituents by evaluating the pollutant migration
pathways (hydrogeoiogic characteristics* and the waste character-
istics at the facility, as discussed previously,

     VSIs may detect releases to other media, particularly soils,
that may indicate a high probability that eorttaminants have
migrated to the ground water.  Evidence of soil eontanH nation,
either through visual or sampling data, can provide an indication
tnat a release to ground water has occurred.

     At some facilities, ground-water sampling data n*ay be
available from wells at the facility; off-site wells* or from a
spring near the facility.  Other facilities maty Hav0 no greund-
water monitoring Information relevant to the cryerstl facility.
At these facilities, the investigator should consider available
data -on soil contamination or results of Soil gas rntmltdrlricj.
Electromagnetic conductivity surveys may provide evldertce  of
release for ionic species.

     At facilities with ground-water monitoring data, these data
may indicate that hazardous constituents could  have migrated  from
the facility.  However, the investigator will still rt£ed to eval-
uate the facility's  units, waste,  and migration pathway charac-
teristics,  in order  to support the possibility  that the consti-
tuents  originated  from SWMUs at  the  facility.

E.   Ex p. os a r eP o t e n 11 a 1

     The investigator  should evaluate available  information  on
the location, number,  and  characteristics  of potential  receptors
that could  be affected by  ground-water  releases  at  the  facility.
These  receptors  include  human populations,  animal  populations
(particularly any  endangered or  protected  species),  and sensitive
en vi ronment s *

     Exposure potential  Information  will be  used  primarily in
helping  the  investigator  determine  the  need  for  interim corrective
measures at  the  facility  in  order.to  address  instances  of  ground-
water  contaminatfon  posing  especially high  risks  of  exposure.
Types  of exposure  information of concern include:
                                5-10

-------
     o  Tht proximity of the unit/facility to downgradient
        drinking water and Irrigation wells;

     o  The potential for use of the aquifer  as  a drinking  water
        source; and

     o  The potential effect of aqylfer discharges to nearby
        surface water.

                 the Needf ofyAddl 1.1 on a 1  Sajl 1 no Inf ormat 1 on
     The Investigator may not be able to determine whether a
yroynd-watef release from a unit/facility has occurred or Is
likely to have occurred based upon existing data and the factors
described previously.  In these situations, he/she should consider
whether conducting a sampling visit to obtain additional evidence
and fill data gaps will be needed 1n making a determination.  In
this sect 1 on „ me presenit:

     I)  General information on factors to consider In determining
         th« need for additional sampling Information;

     2)  Factors to consider In selecting sampling parameters', and

     3]  An example to Illustrate this discussion.

1 ,    Sen £jrajtv In f o r «a 1 1 on on Oe t e r wjj^ijrH} ....... _ t h e Meed .:irf Of S a mp 1 1 ,n 3
     4f some facilities existing monitoring wells may be present
which coyld detect contaaf nat Ion from SMMUs at the facility.
Existing analytical data from such wells way, however, be Inadequate
or unreliable.  In such situations, new analytical data may be
yseful In waking release determinations.  The following 11st
presents situations where additional sampling data could be
helpful In determining If a release has occurred;

     o  Available data are outdated, generally when data ire
        over one year old;

     o  The analytical methods use4 were Inappropriate,
        parti :Mlarly  if methods with very high detection levels
        that may obscure significant releases weft used;

     o  QA/OC was of  unknown levels or non-existent;

     o  Qft/QC information available (e.g. contaminated field/
        trip blanks)  suggests that available  data m-ay be Invalid;-

     o  The parameters monitored do not correspond to the waste
        constituents  suspected from the release, due to factors
        such as quantity and mobility. For example, SC/MS
        priority pollutant scans are available to detect a
        relfrsse o* those chemicals, however,  the waste contains
        metallic cyanides and there is no data on either metals
        or cyanide in the available sampling  data;


                               5-il

-------
     o  The available  data  are not  of  a  rigorous  QA/QC  level  or
        may be questioned  for  other reasons,  and  It  1s  anticipated
        that the  facility  will challenge any  permit  condition or
        enforcement  order  requiring an RFI;  and

     o  The available  data  are based on  samples  taken  from
        wells which  were not adequately  oriented  to  detect  a
        release from a specific unit and better  wells  have
        since been Installed or located  but  not  sampled.  It  Is
        not routine  to require that wells be  Installed  during
        an RFA.

2.   Se1 e; c11 on of SampH ng  Pararceter s

     Knowledge of the  wastes that may  be potentially released
from a unit is the starting point when Identifying sampling
parameters. However, many  facilities have Incomplete or no  data
on the wastes deposited over time.   When little  Is known of  the
wastes managed in the  unit, gas chromotography/mass  spectrometry
(GC/MS) scans of  various constituent groups  (e.g., volatlles) are
often a good starting  point.  Investigators  should select the
parameters to be  analyzed  for  based on the facility-specific
information available  and  on the Investigator's  professional
j udgment,

     When a waste source is hazardous  due to EP  Toxlclty, the
metals of concern are: arsenic, barium,  cadmium,  chromium,  lead,
mercury, selenium, and silver.

     The volatile SC/MS scan Identifies  chemicals that are  charac-
teristic of solvents and lighter petroleum products (e.g.,  gasoline)
Many of these compounds are readily found in the environment  from
releases from various  waste sources.  Because they are very vola-
tile, older wastes may no longer contain these constituents since
they may have been released by evaporation Into  the air.  The
indicator parameter, TOX,  identifies the presence of halogenated
organics.   If TOX levels have  been Identified, a volatile scan
should be helpful in identifying the specific compound released.

     Acid extractable  compounds may be present In heavier petro-
leam feedstocks,  and certain  industrial  processes (e.g., penta-
chlofophenol from wood preserving).  Some compounds (e.g.,  phenol,
pentachlorophenol, 2-chlorophenol) are commonly  found from many
waste sources including organic waste treatment  sludges.  Phenol
and the mono halogenated phenols biodegrade readily In most  soil
and surface water environments.

     Base/neutral compounds can often be found In wastes from
industries  such as organic  chemicals, plastics,  and synthetic
fibers manufacturers.    The pesticide scan 1oent1f1es pesticides
that are found specifically in pesticide was*.es  and products from
the agrichemical   industry.
                               5-12

-------
3,   Example

     An 1t1ystratlon ef a situation 1n  which  sampling  would  be
called for  1s as follows;  An unlfned  surface Impoundment,  con-
structed twenty years ago from naturally occurring  site  material,
1s located  at a facility close to homes withdrawing water from
domestic wells.  The onslte soils are  high  1n clay  content,
although they ilso contain abundant cobbles which would  Interfere
with adequate compaction.

     The Investigator determines that  the Impoundment  has not
received any wastes 1n the last five years; however, the pre-
viously deposited waste material has never  been removed.  The
wastes are  Identified as unspecified wa&te  oils from unknown
sources and wastts containing lead and  cadmium.  While monitoring
wells have  been Installed, the worft.teHng data collected from
them only measure Indicator parameters  (t.g.» pH,  condyetlvlty,
TOX and TOC),  Only one parameter (TOC) showed an  Increase  over
background.  In addition, State sampling data from  off-site
domestic wells detected significantly  elevated levels  of lead  and
copper. However, the sampling protocol  collected samples directly
from the resident's tap, making It possible thit the contamination
originated  1n the domestic plumbing system.

     Because of the unit's design, construction method,  and age,
the Investigator may strongly suspect  that  a release has occurred.
While monitoring data exist, Indicator parameters  are  not ade-
quate to Identify potential releases of heavy metals.   The one
elevated parameter, TCC, suggests that orginlcs may have been
released from the oily wastes*  However, elevated  TOC  values do
not conclusively Indicate contamination from man-wade sources,
ind may result from natural sources.

     In this scenario, the Investigator should probably call for
additional  ground-water sampling from existing wells to ffnd
constituent-specific evidence of release not provided  by the
Indicator parameters.  He/she would probably sample both on-s1te
and off-site wells for lead, cadmtum,  add extractabl es, and the
base/neutral priority pollutants.

     The add extractables and base/neutral priority pollutant
scans would be appropriate since they can  Identify many of the
constituents commonly fouid in petroleum oil based wastes
{especially since the composition of the wastes was largely
unknown).  While ft might be possible  to Identify other constit-
uents at the site (e.g., VQCs), the Investigator would probably
limit the sampling parameters to those most likely to be present.
Because of the high cost and delay associated with analyzing
sampling results, the Investigator should  attempt to limit the
selection of sampling parameters to those  most likely to result
1n an Identification-of  a  release from.
                               5-13

-------
III. COLLECTIKG ADDITIONAL SAHPLIHG INFORMATION  IN  TH*  SV

     This section presents technical  Information  related  specific-
ally to th* ground-water pathway to be  considered when  collecting
additional  sampling Information In the  SV.   The  Information
presented here should be used  to help the  Investigator  meet  one
of the primary goals of the SV:

     o  To collect additional  sampling  Information  to  fill  data
        gaps Identified In the PR and VSI  leading towards  a
        release determination.

     For each sampling method  discussed, this section  describes:
1) the general kinds of situations 1n which 1t will  be  appropriate
co employ a specific technique, 2) technical  Information  on  how
to conduct the sampling, and 3) specific details  to be  considered
when evaluating the sampling results.  He do not  provide  the
actual SOPs on the sampling techniques  here, although  we  do
reference the relevant manuals.

     The choice of appropriate sampling methods  will  have a  large
impact on the cost and usefulness of the SV.  The Investigator
should be confident when developing and reviewing the  sampling
plan that the procedures chosen will  meet the needs of  the RFA,
while not resulting 1n the collection of unnecessary data.  We
discuss the following five sampling methods whtch way  be  of  use
when Investigating ground-Mater releases 1n the  RFA;

     (1)  Sampling of existing ground-water monitoring wells;

     |2)  Soil sampling;

     (3)  Soil gas monitoring;

     (4)  Electromagnetic conductivity mapping;

     (5)  Sampling of domestic wells; and

     (6)  Installation and sampling of new ground-water
          monitoring wells.

A.   Samp11 ng of Exist 1 ng firound-Water Mon 11or 1 njt Welljs

     The Investigator should  sample existing groun*-water moni-
toring wells when  they may provide useful data on contamination
resulting from facility-wide  releases.  As discussed 1n the
previous section,  the Investigator may decide to sample wells
when the most recent data are  outdated, when the laboratory
analysis procedures are unknown or questionable, or when the
sampling parameters were  Inadequate.  The  Investigator may  alsu
choose to sample existing wells to provide EPA with data of  Its
own when the only  available data was collected by the owner/
operator.
                               5-14

-------
     The procedures for sampling monitoring wells have been de-
scribed extensively 1n many available documents.  The Investigator
should rely upon his/her best professional Judgment when collecting
samples at existing wells.  Well configurations at SHMUs should
be adequate to detect releases from these units.  Before collecting
additional Information, the Investigator should ascertain the
adequacy of an existing monitoring system.  He/she should evaluate
the locations of wells 1n relation to the specific SHMUs or other
areas of concern.  In many cases, a facility's monitoring wells
will have been Installed to detect contamination resulting from
regulated units, and will not pick up releases from other units
or areas of concern.  Exhibit 5-2 depicts three examples of moni-
toring well systems, one that would be adequate for detecting
SWMU releases and two that would be Inadequate.

     After assessing the adequacy of well locations, the Investi-
gator should evaluate data on well construction and design 1n
order to determine Its adequacy.  While data from properly con-
structed wells may be of higher quality, 1t will not be necessary
to ensure that existing wells meet the stringent requirements
discussed 1n the RCRA ground -,.att>r Monitoring Enforcement 6u Ida nee;
8CRA                                   '''
                                                  .   :
                " Tfie~~1 nvestl 'galfor "Vffouftf use beW pFoTessonal
Ji7?gmenT 1n evaluating sampling data based upon the quality of
the ex1 st1 ng wel Is .

     Sampling of ground-water monitoring wells In the RFA should
be conducted by trained personnel.  EPA has developed numerous
guidance manuals on appropriate sampling procedures.  These
manuals may be consulted for specific field procedures:

     Q  Ground Water Technical Enforcement Guidance Document
        Pr_aft» IS u gust  1985   "~   '     ~

     o  RCRA Draft Permit Writer's Manual: Ground-Hater
        FrotecTion. October  1983            — — —    — <—

     o  Manual for Sround-Mater Qua! 1ty Sampl ing Procedures .
        TUT"  "~~"     ""                          "      """"
                     --.-.--    6r ou nd -jja t er ...... |nspfcjt Ions

                    fc t'    r            '      '
     The Investigator should  refer  to  Chapter  Four  for  specific
recommendations on QA/QC*  chal n-of -custody ,  safety,  and
decontamination procedures  to  be  followed  1n  the  field.   In
general, the OA/OC and sampling procedures  followed  by  the
Investigator should be appropriate  to  the  Intended  use  of the
data.  For example, 1f the  Investigator  anticipates  that  the
owner /opef ator may contest  EPA's  sampling  results 1n court,  1t
would be advisable to use  more stringent procedures.
                                5-15

-------
                                                EXHIBIT 5-2



                                                         LOCATION
             C**«
V
  ^ o
                     urn

   * *  »  *
              sw

              HU
                       nil
*  *
                    »  » .»
I f  «  *  »       •»•'
 Ho

 for SUHtf If all unit* *re
                                                        Tw«
                                        i

                                        I   I SWMtl

                                        I
                                                 11
                                          -... J
                          llta
                for
                                                    t«t
                                                              ttlf
                                                             3:
                                          * 1
                                          : i
                                            i
                                            i
                                            i
                                            i
                                                         a«le«i**«t«
          SWW!  -
                                    »«t>m Unit
                             tin 1 1
  •
,«V
                                                                ii»rlnii Hell
             O   -  «« rfc R rmiiul Honltorlntj U«> U




           Driving* n»t t«»  dole.

-------
     The Investigator should use best professional  judgment in
evaluating sampling results collected 1n the SV, based upon
sound geologic and hydrogeol ogle principles.  General  guidance
on evalutlng tasnpUng results 1s presented 1n Chapter  Four.

a.   Soil Sampling

     The Investigator may choose to sample soils at the facility
1n order to gain a;i understanding of the likelihood of a releise
to ground water.  Many constituents, when released  to  soils, w1l 1
further migrate into the surfldal aquifer.   The potential  for
migration to the ground water will depend upon the  properties of
the relevant constituents and the site geology (this Is discussed
in greater detail  1n Section II of this chapter).  Soil Sampling
will  be especially useful In situations where a facility lacks
ground-water monitoring data or the ground water 1s deep.

     Sampling locations should be chosen to provide the most useful
Information.  For example, the Investigator may want to determine
whether constituents have migrated from a closed surface Impoundment
Stratified sampling around the unit, and where possible, underneatn
the unit, may be helpful 1n detecting constituent concentration
gradients Indicative fif migration,  In other cases, the Investigator
may simply wish to confirm that a release Incident  occurred, such
as a spill, by sampling the locution where the suspected Incident
took place*  Technical details on how to sample soils   Is provided
in Chapter Eight of this guidance.

C .   Sol 1 Gas .Mpn ItoMng
     Soil gas monitoring can be used to detect the presence of
volatile organic compounds (VOC's) in ground water and wilt be
especially useful 1n cases where existing ground-water monitoring
systems are Inadequate to detect these contaminants.  Thfs tech-
nique, developed and used extensively by.EPA's Environmental
Response Team (ERT), detects the presence of VOC's 1n the unsat-
urated zone and provides a good Indication of subsurface soil
and/or groundwater contamination.  In addition, this method can
provide same-day results during a field Investigation and will
cost substantially less per sample than well drilling and SC/MS
analysis.

     Soil gas monitoring should be performed by trained personnel
The following document describes 1n detail standard procedures
for conducting  soil gas monitoring at waste sites:

     Lappala, I and S. Thompson, "Detection of Ground-Water Con-
     tamination by Shallow Soil Gas Sampling In the Vadose  Zone
     Theory and Applications."  P r pc ee d ings of the H f t h N a 1 1 o n a 1
     C on far e nee g n H a n a ge ffl|n t T J? I. ' Jl Ac Q n t r of 1 e d 'nf^a^rl|cKiT__M j s t e
     TTTes, Washington. D.C.,  19S4.
                                5-17

-------
     The following description of soil  gas monitoring procedures
ts Intended to assist the permit writer In recognizing those
situations where Its use would be appropriate,  and to enable
him/her to oversee Its Implementation by a contractor or the
owner/operator.

     When ground water or soils have been contaminated by VOC's,
gaseous components of these compounds will be present 1n the
Interstitial pore spaces of the soil matrix,  and are known as
soil gas.  By sampling the gas 1n this  Interstitial  space and
analyzing ft for VOC's with a portable  gas chromatograph In the
field or In the laboratory with a 6C/MS, the  presence of soil
and/or ground-water contaminants can be Indicated.

     First, the Investigator must make  a vertical  hole In the
soil through which the gas samples can  be drawn.  A  hole can be
made to a depth of five feet with a solid spring steel single
piston slam bar {1.75m x 16.7 mm diameter).  Threaded four foot
sections can be added to the slam bar when holes deeper than five
feet are deslred.

     After the hole has been made, the  slam bar should be removed
carefully to prevent the walls of the hole from collapsing.  The
Investigator should then Insert a stainless steel  sampling tube
into the hole.  In order to prevent soil from clogging the sam-
pling tube, a Teflon tube, slightly longer than the  sampling
tube, should be Inserted Into the sampling tube.  The Teflon tube
should be just wide enough to hold a small nail in Its end, so
that the nail head 1s wide enough to cover the  end of the stain-
less steel sampling tube.

     The sampling tube should be Inserted Into  the hole* nail  end
first;  when the sampling tube has been Inserted to  the desired
depth, the Teflon tube can be removed,  causing  the nail to drop
to the bottom of the hole.  The sampling tube should then be
removed 6 to 12 Inches to ensure that soil gases will enter
freely.  Finally, top dirt should be packed around the tube to
minimize 1n1ltrat1on of ambient air from the  surface.

     Soil gas will be pulled from the sample  hole using a S1Han
pump.  ERt recommends evacuating five to seven  gas volumes prior
to sampling the hole.  For a 1/4" hole  about  10? deep and a
pumping rate of three liters/minute, this evacuation should take
about 15 seconds.

     The gas 1n the well can he collected and sampled using three
different methods.  Tfe simplest Involves attaching  a portable
photo1on1zat1on detector (e.g., Hntf) to the stainless steel tube,
using a short piece of Teflor, tubing.  The HnU  provides Indica-
tions of the total organic vapor concentration  within the hole
calibrated to a benzene standard.  This method  does  not provide
the Investigator with Information on Individual compounds present
In the soil, but may provide a sufficient Indication of contami-
nation to suggest the likehood of a release.
                               5-18

-------
     The HftU thould be calibrated properly prior- to use.  A back-
ground reading of 1 to 2 ppm {»§ benzene) may result from soil
moisture.  Once the HnU reading his stabilized, usually §fttr 4S
to 60 seconds^ the reading should be recorded,

     Tedlar bags cin also be used to collect soil  gis for field
analysis with a portable photo1onizit1on gas ehromatograph (e.g.,
Photovae) or Ifbontory analysis with a cryogenic  trapping capil-
lary column gis ebromatograpb/mass spectrometer.  The Tedlar bag
should be filled with about 200-700 ml  of vapor from the borehole,
and inalyied within no more than 48 hours.  This technique has
the advantage th*t Individual  compounds miy be detected, provid-
ing more detailed sampling data during the SV,  One disadvantage
Involves uncertainties concerning the Interaction  of the Tedlar
bag ind the gas being collected.  However, the quality of the
data will be higher than that  obtained using an HnU,

     The most accurate technique for sampling »nd  «tii.!ysis will
Involve the use cf sorbent tubes (e,g.» Tenix, Chromosorb, etc,)
to collect gas samples for laboratory analytis by  SC/MS.  Seeause
contaminants collected on sorbent tubes maintain their Integrity
for a longer period (14 days)  than those collected with Tedlar
bags, 1t may be advantageous under some circumstances to use them
to collect soil gas samples.  The chief disadvantage of this tech-
nique Involves the necessity of analyzing the samples in a labora-
tory, adding time and expense  to the monitoring procedure,

     Soil gas monitoring can be effective in detecting VOC's in
soil  gss which have a vapor pressure greatar than  xylene (5 mm
Hg).   Vapor pressures of a number of constituents  of concern are
listed In Appendix E for further reference.  This  monitoring
technique does not provide a direct Indication of  the concentra-
tion of contaminants 1n ground water or soil.  The r»fatioftship
between soil and ground-water  concentrations ind soil gas concen-
trations will depend greatly upon the organic content of th* soil
and the octanol-water partition coefficient of the Constituent of
concern.  The technique will provide the investigator with evidence
of subsurface contamination, which will usually be sufficient to
Indicate the need for an RF! at the locations of concern.

0.   Electromtflnet1c Conductjy1ty Mljping

     geophysical  techniques hiva gained acceptability in the last
five years for the Identification of waste releates to both ground
water and soils, as well as for the sensing of buried wastes,
This  section briefly discusses one of these techniques, electro-
magnetic conductivity mapping  (EM)P which may be useful during
the RFA.
                                    •*
     EM surveys can provide an Indication of ground-wat«jr contam-
ination at sites with relatively simple, well-defined hydro-
geologies (e.g., shallow, relatively uniform sand  and gravel
aquifers).  This technique measures changes 1n the conductivity
of the subsurface materials at a site,  which may depend upon the
                               5-19

-------
composition of the tubsurfiee so1l$»  and/or the  presence  of
dissolved contaminants In the ground  water.

     EM surveys provide 1so*conduct1vlty contours  it  a  site,
Indicating tht movement of contaminants  from i source.   While
this technique dots not provide Information on either the types
of constituents present, or their concentrations,  It  can  provide
Indirect evidence of a release.  However, It will  primarily
Indicate only the presence of ionic constltutents  fn  ground water.

     Conducting IM surveys requires qualified personnel  and
expensive equipment, although It will be a  relatively Inexpensive
method when using experienced contractors In the SV,   This section
does not provide technical Information on how to perform an IM
survey.

     The Investigator should be cautious when evaluating the re-
sults of an IM survey, due to the potential for  Interference from
unusual geologic conditions at the site.  Different geologic
materials hive different conductivities  (e.g., moist  clays have  a
higher conductivity than do dry sands).   At facilities  with
complex hydrogetlof1c characteristics, the  results of EM surveys
could provide a false Indication of contamination  where non-homo-
geneities in the subsurface media reveal differences  In conduc-
tivity.  The difficulties associated with analyzing these data
represent the major drawback to using this  technique,

E.   Sampl 1 ng of Pojtejt 1 e EelIs

     In certain unusual cases, the Investigator may choose to
sample domestic wells 1n order to identify  releases from the
facility.  This will be especially Important whtn the Investigator
believes that a contaminant plume originating at the facility
could pose an Imminent threat to human health or the environment
near the facility.  Sampling data taken  from domestic wells could
provide sufficient evidence to suggest the need for tmuftditte
interim corrective measures at a facility  (e.g., such as cotfnttr-
pumplng, or provision of an alternate drinking water supply).

     Sampling residential water supplies could alarm affected
residents.  Because of this potential for  community reaction*
domestic wells should only be sampled when the Invastlgator has
strong evidence to suggest the presence  of a threat,

     When sampling domestic wills, 1t Is Important to run the
water to remove any standing water within  the distribution system.
It  is also important to take the samples prior to any 1n  line
treatment systems  (e.g., water softeners).

F.   InstallationOf New Monitoring  Hells

     In unusual situations, EPA may  find that new monitoring
wells should be Installed during the RFA in  order to obtain
useful ground-water data.  While this should not be necessary at
                                5-20

-------
most, facilities, ft may be appropriate where ground-water data
are wholly Inadequate, where other sampling ttchrdques  do not
provide sufficient Information on the site, or 1f tnt owner/operator
Is recalcitrant and the Investigator suspects that a release has
occurred.

     In most cases such is that presented above, the Investigator
should rely upon Information collected during the RFA to demon-
strate that a release may have occurred, and recommend  that the
facility conduct an RFI.  However, this may not be possible when
dealing with recalcitrant owner/operators.  As a last resort,
the Investigator can recommend that new wells be Installed,

     Procedures for Installing new wells should be based upon
accepted hydrogeologle principles and best professional  judgment.
New wells should conform to standards described In the  TESD or
Sybpart F.  their locations should be chosen based on knowledge
of site hydrogeology and best professional judgment.


IV.  MAKING SftOUND-HATeft RELEASE DETERMINATIONS

     Th§ final tssk 1ft the RFA process Is to wake determinations
of release potential throughout the facility and to mafce recommen-
dations for further action to address these potential releases.
In making release determinations, Investigators should evaluate
the relevant Information on unit characteristics» waste charac-
teristics, site hydrogeology, and any evidence available from
sampling and analytical data*  Potential for exposure of receptors
to contaminated ground water may also be a consideration In making
conclusions for further action.  If on the basts of th§ Information
and evidence available to the Investigator, and his/her best pro-
fessional judgment. It can be reasonably determined that there
is, or Is likely to be, a release of wastes or hazardous constituents
to ground water which merits further Investlgatlemysfirsricterliatlon,
or an  Immediate Interim remedy, the owner/operator  should  be
required 1n the RF! to conduct these necessary actions.  It should
often  be possible, from the Information gathered 1n the RFA, to
be abls to specify 1n some detail the nature of the Investigations
to be  conducted;  I.e., the area to be given further subsurface
investigation, the constituents to be monitored  ftfr, the general
area to be monitored  for, and other elements of  the ground  water
characteHlatIon  program*

     It should be understood that 1t 1s not necessary to prove  1n
an RFA that ground-water contamination  has occurred from SMHUs  at
a  facility.  Confirming the presence of a  release will  often  be
the Initial phase of  a  follow-on RF1 Investigation.

     Exhibit 5-3  is a checklist that should help  the investigator
evaluate specific  factors to  Identify  ground water  releases and
determine the  relative  effect on human  health  and the environment.
In identifying  releases, the  Investigator  should  consider  the
types  of Information  presented  in Exhibit  l-l,  which art high-
lighted  in this checklist,


                                5-21

-------
                           Exhibit  S-3

                         for  Ground Hater  Releases
I dent 1 f y I ng Releases

l«   Potent! & 1  f fl r  ft r o u n d tf a t a r  Re 1 e a s e s

    o   Unit type ind  design

          Does the unit  type  (e.g., land-based)  indicate th
          potential for  release?

          Does the unit  have  engineered  structures  (e.g.,
          lifters,  leschate collection  systems,  proper
          construction  materials) designed to prevent
          releases to ground  water?

    o   Unit operation

          Does the unit's age (e.§,, old unit)  or
          operating status (e.g., inactive, active)
          Indicate the potential for release?

          Does the unit  have poor operating procedures
          that increase  the potential  for release?   >

          Does the «rt1t  have compliance  problems that
          indicate the potential for a release to
          ground water?

    o   Physical condition

          Does the unit's physical condition indicate the
          potential for release  {e.g., lack of structural
          integrity, deteriorating liners, etc.)?

    o  Locational characteristics

           Is the facility located on permeable soil
          so the release could migrate through the
          unsaturated soil lone?

           Is tr.a  '*ciMty located in an  arid area with  less
          1nr
-------
                     Exhibit  S-3  (continued)

               Checklist  for  Ground  Mater Releases
    o   Miste eharaet ~r1 sties

          Does  tht waste exhibit  high or moderate character-
          istics of mobility  (e.g.,  tendency not to sorb to
          soil  particles or organic  matte:* 1r> the unsaturated
          zone)?

          Does  the waste exhibit  Nigh or moderate levels of
          toxlclty?

          Does  the waste exhibit  hazardous characteristics
          (e.g., lower high pH)?

    E-yJjidenee....of ,,S round Wat_e:rii ReJ ...... e_asjss

    o   Existing ground-water  monitoring systems

          Is there an existing system?

          Is the system adequate?

          Are there recent analytical data that
          Indicate a release?

    o   Other evidence of ground water releases

          Is there evidence of contamination around
          the unit (e.g,f discolored soils, lack of or
          stressed vegetation) that indicates the
          potential for a release to ground wattr?
          Does local well water or soring water sampling
          data Indicate a release from at facility?
Determining
                 ..
1.  Exposure Potential

    o  Conditions that Indicate potential exposure

          Are there drinking water well(s) located near
          the facility?

          Does  the dfrectfon of ground water flow
          indicate the potential for hazardous consti-
          tuents to migrate to drinking water wells?

          Does  the ground water discharge to a surface
          water  body with recreational  use or that supports
          fish  or arty endangered species?
                               S-Z3

-------
                           CHAPTER  SIX

                          SURFACE  MATER
I.   INTRODUCTION

A.    P.Mf.i.Qse

     This chapter provides  technical  Information to support  the
investigation of SWMU and other releases to surface water during
the RFA.  While Chapters Two, Three,  and Four provide general
guidance on conducting RFAs, this chapter focuses on specific
factors unique to the surface water media that should be con-
sidered by the investigator.

     This chapter has been  organized  to reflect  the separate
phases of the RFA process

     o  Conducting a preliminary review of existing information
        related to releases to surface water;

     o  Inspecting the facility to obtain evidence of release;

     o  Collecting additional sampling Information in the SV;  and

     o  Making final release datermlnations .

     The first section describes the technical factors that  should
be considered during the PR and VSI.   The second section describes
the technical approach to obtaining additional Stripling information
In the SV for surface water, and should be consulted along with
Chapter Four on conducting a SV,  The, final sect 1 art discusses
factors to consider when making release determinations to surface
water at the end of the RFA,  This section also discusses the
options for further investigation to be evaluated at thfe end of
the RFA for surface water releases.

B.
     The investigator should evaluate all RCRA facilities for
releases to surface water that pose an actual or potential threat
to nuraan helath and the environment.  These releases may include
surface water discharges permitted or required to be permitted
under the NPOES program.  In these cases, the investigator should
attempt to make an initial characterization of the potential
problem.  However, he/she should usually refer the further inves-
tigation and control of these discharges to the NPOES permitting
authority, rather than addressing them through RCRA authorities
[§3008(h), §3004(u), or §3004(v)J.  EPA  is developing more specific
guidance on how to make these referrals.

-------
     In most easts surface water Investigations will  relate to
run-off froat sp®cif1e SMMUs .   However, there may be situations
where general facility ryn-cff may be impacting human health and
th« environment,  The 30Q8(h) corrective action authority allows
the investigator to address these situations,


II,  CONDUCTING A PRELIMINARY REVIEW AND ¥ISUAl SITE
     INSPECTION OF RELEASES TO SURFACE WATER

     This section presents technical information related specifi-
cally to the surface water pathway to be considered when eonduct-
4 fig the PR and' VSI»  Accordingly, this section has been organized
to reflect the pri«a~y goals  of these steps as described in
Chapters Two and Three:

     o  Identifying aid describing potential threats  to surface
        water it RCP.A facilities; and

     c  Baking a preliminary  assessment of the need for a SV or
        other actions at these facilities.

     This section reflects the importance of the RFA information
matrix (Exhibit 1.1} for evaluating the likelihood of releases to
surface water in the PR.   ft  describes each of the five types of
information described in this matrix as It applies to the surface
water pathway.  In addition,  this section provides technical
information to help the investigator determine when additional
sampling #111 be necessary in a SV to identify surface water'
releases.  The factors discussed are as follows;

     (!)  Unit characteristics;

     (2)  Vaste characteristics;

     (3)  Pollutant migration pathways;

     {4}  Evidence of release;

     (5)  Exposure potential; and

     (6)  Determining tne  need for additional  sampling information.

     This information will be relevant to the  evaluation of
written documents  in' the PR  and information gathered1 during the
VSI.  Consult Chapters Two and Three  for general guidance on
conducting PAs and VSfs,

A .   Urn t  haraegri stj_cs
     Tiie design and operating characteristics of a  SMHU will
determine to a great extent  its potential  for releasing hazardous
constituents to surface water.  Wan/ treatment, storage,  and
d.sposal units are designed  to prevent releases to  the environment


                               6-2

-------
The Investigator should evaluate the unit characteristics  of  each
SMWU or group of SWMUs at a facility to determine  their  potential
for releasing hazardous constituents to surface water.

     As with the other media, the likelihood that  a  SWMU  has  con-
taminated surface water or a surface water drainage  pathway  1s
largely dependent on the nature and function of the  unit.  For
example, open units that contain liquids  (e*g., surface  Impound-
ments} have a greater potential for release than closed  landfill
cells that have been properly capped.

     Exhibit 6-1 loosely ranks commonly observed SWMUs  In  a  de-
scending order on the basis of their potential for having  releases
that may cause surface water contamination.  It 1s Intended  to
provide a general sense of the relative potentials  for  units  to
cause these types of releases,.  The investigator will  also ft.sed-
to evaluate unit-specific factors In determining the
for release from & particular unit,

     The raajor unit-specific factors the  in^e^tf-gato
evaluate are discussed below.              '    •    '•  "   -

1.   Unit design                               ,  '  •<'
                                     \
     The investigator should determin^ whether the--tin it  has
engineered features (e.g., run-off control systems)  that are
designed to prevent releases from the ynit.   If  such features
are in place, the investigator should evaluate whether they  are
adequate (in terms of capacity, engineering, etc.) to  prevent
releases,  A landfill, for example, mai\^gve berms to  control
run-off, but the berms may not be adequate tq  contain  run-off
daring periods of peak rainfall.   In a d «J\t 1 tfh, a  surface impound-
ment or open tank with insufficient  freeboard  v&y  not  be able to
prevent overtopping that could occur because &f  wave action
during storm events.

2.   Operational history
                                           \
     Ouring the  PR and VSI, the  fnvesti gator. shsuldj examine  the
unit's operating history to obtain information  that  Indicates
releases have taken place.  There  are  several'  operational factors
that influence the likelihood  of  release.

     o  Op_erji_t_ 1_n_g__ l_1j^g___. o f._ Jth _e_ ^ u n l^t.  Units tha\t.  have been operat-
        Tng~forr~T6n~g" "p"e7l^ods""of	J"tTs»e are  generally wore Hkely to
        have releases than new units.

     o  0p_j^ra_11_n_g^_s_t_at_u_s_o_f__the__u_n_l_t_.   In some \:ases!(  the operat-
        ing" status of a  unft  TeTgT7~cl osed-5  inactive,  etc.)  may
        have an  effect an  the  relative  likelihood  of release.
                                6-3

-------
                           EXHIBIT 6-1

       RAHKIRG OF UNIT POTENTIAL FOR SURFACE  WATER RELEASE
                    AMD ME:HA«IS«S OF RELEASE
     Unit Type
Surface Impoundment
Landfill
Waste Pile
Land Treatment Unit
Container Storage
Area

Above-ground Tank
In-ground Tank
Incinerator
Mass I and IV
Injection Well
             Release Mechanism*
o Releases from overtopping

o Seepage

o Migration of run-off outside the unit's
  run-off collection and containment system

o migration of spills and other releases
  outside the containment area from
  loading and unloading operations

o Seepage through dikes to surrounding
  areas (e.g., soils, pavement, etc.)

o Migration of run-off outside the unit's
  run-off collection and containment system

o Migration of spills an<} other releases
  outside the containment area from
  loading and unloading operations

o Migration of run-off outside the
  containment area

o Migration of run-off outside the
  containment area

o Releases from overflow

o Leaks ". rough tank shell

o Spills  from coupling/uncoupling
  operations

o Releases from overflow

o Spills  from coupling/uncoupling
  operations

o Spills  or other releases front waste
  handling/preparation activities

o Spills  due  to mechanical failure

o Spills  from waste  handling  opera-
  tions at the wel1  head
   The two remaining solid waste management units; waste transfer*
   stations, and waste recycling operations generally have mechanises
   of release similar to tanks.  All units may release to ground
   water when the surface water at  the  facility  is hydrogeologicaS!y
   connected to ft,
                               6-4

-------
        0 p • r a t . "I |M| P f o c e d u r t s .   Maintenance  and  inspection  records
        snouT "d ...... tnUf cat e 'Whet he r a  unit  Is  likely  to hive  released.
        Units that are Inspected regularly  and  properly maintained
        are less likely to have releases  than  units that  have
        been poorly maintained.

     Phy.f.1 cal condition of Ejie
     During the VSI,  the Investigator should examine the units
for evidence of releases or characteristics that  could cause
releases.  For example, when Inspecting a surface Impoundment,
the Investigator should determine whether the earthen dikes  are
structurally sound to prevent releases.  Cracks,  slumping or
seeps around the tot  In these dikes way cause releases to the
surface water draf-rage pathway.

8 .    MaA%Ji..._C.hl^r,_'act6r1 st 1 cs

     The Investigator should attempt to Identify  the wastes
originally contained  within a SWMU or group of SWHUs during  the
PR,  In the PR, the Investigator will try to connect Information
on  waste types , the surface water drainage pathway, and evidence
of  surface water, sediment, or soil contamination to demonstrate
the likelihood that specific SWMUs, groups of SMMUs, or other
areas have released constituents to the surface water,  This
section describes technical factors to consider when Identifying
waste characteristics relevant to surface water releases.  It
also discusses physical /chemical properties that  will affect the
release potential of  wastes and their subsequent  transport In the
surface water drainage pathway.

     Information on constituents and their properties can aid the
Investigator 1n identifying migration pathways of eonctirn and
sampling locations in environmental media.  For example, knowing
that the waste primarily contains heavy metals, which have a ten-
dency to precipitate  and settle* the Investigator can look for
evidence of a release In the sediments around the point of dis-
charge Into a river and plan on taking samples of tht bottom
sediment,

     Constituents, depending on their properties, will tend to
migrate 1n different  forms and at different raits In the pathway.
Some constituents, which are highly soluble, will dissolve 1n
water and be transported within the water column.   Insoluble
constituents can be transported Into surface wtt.ar  by suspension
from turbulent run-on/run-off.  Other generally insoTtrble waste
constituents are lighter than water and will be transported on
the surface, forming  oily  sheens.  Hazardous mttals  and  inor-
ganics (e*g., arsenic and  cyanides) may be  relatively mobile  1n
water, depending upon the  pH of the wastts  and the  surface water,
the oxidation-reduction potential of the surface water  (this
will be most important  1n  the  lower layers  of deeper  lakes),  and
the llgancfs present  for complex formation.  Hard surface watar,
                               6-5

-------
due to tht g>r©-f«»ee of higher concentrations of carbonate Ions,
will support tl*« formation of retatlvfcly Immobile metal complexes.
These metal complexes form precipitates, which will settle out
with $ed1«»§nt»-

     The tendency of organic constituents to adsorb to soils can
&e expressed quantitatively by the sorptlon equl Mbrlunt coeffi-
cient fX
-------
deductions on the likelihood  of release  by  Unking  Information
on waste characteristics,  the pollutant  migration  pathway,  and
Indirect evidence of release  (e.g.,  environmental  sampling  data
showing contamination of surface water,  soils  1n  drainage  pathways,
or stream sediments).  It  will  be easier to demonstrate  that  a
contaminant originated at  a  particular  SWMU when  the  Investigator
can show that, based on the  characteristics of the  surface  water
drainage pathway, a release  from the particular SWMU  would  be
likely to result 1n the observed contamination.

     In chtraeterlzfng surface  water release pathways,  the  Invest-
igator should Identify any drainage  pathway(s) leading  from
the unit of concern to surface  water.   Topographic  maps  provide
information on the slope of  the Intervening terrain between the
units of concern and downgradlent surface water,  which  1s  helpful
in determining the route run-off follows to surface water.   These
maps may also help 1n locating  surface  water bodies.

     Upon entering surface water, the  transport of  the  constituents
in the surface water pathway  1s highly  dependent  on the  type of
surface water body.  The three  major classifications  of  surface
water are:  rivers and streams, Impoundments (e.g., lakes,  bays,
etc.) and estuaries (Including  wetlands).

     Contaminants entering rivers and  streams  will  tend  to be
transported downstream.  However, as discussed earlier,  heavy
metals are likely to settle  out with sediment.  Also, VOCs entering
a turbulent stream may volatilize Into  the air.

     Constituents entering Impoundments  or estuarlne systems will
tend to pollute areas near their discharge points because  these
water bodies are relatively  slow moving  and are not likely to
transport the constituents significant  distances.

     The Investigator also should look  for any effect that permit-
ted discharges (e.g., NPOES,  dredge  or  fill) may have on environ-
mental pathways.  For example,  a NPOES  discharge may be releasing
ftCRA constituents not covered by the permit, causing downstream
contamination.  In addition,  the Investigator should consider the
possibility that waste 1n NPDES units  or In other permitted
discharges may be releasing to ground  water or air.

     Finally, the Investigator should  consider possible Intermedia
transfers to surface water.   He/she  should consider the potential
for releases from soil and/or ground water (ground water discharge)
to affect the surface water pathway.

     In sum, the Investigator should use his/her knowledge of the
constituents 1n the waste, the drainage patterns leading from the
ur,1t tc surface water, and the effect  of different surface water
bodies on the transport of various constituents, to Identify areas
to look for evidence of release.  He/she should also use this
knowledge to specify appropriate sampling  points.
                               6-7

-------
0,   Cvldtftgf of Rfltase

     The 1r»ve§t1gator should examine any available  sources  of
Information td Identify evidence that constituents  have  been
released to the surface water at a facility.   The  Investigator
should evaluate both direct and Indirect evidence  of release
collected during the PR.  General  considerations  on how  to  look
for evidence of release are discussed 1n Chapters  Two and Three.

     Direct evidence of release to surface water  may Include
official repofti of prior release Incidents,  such  as a major  tank
car spill to the ground or documentation that a surface  Impound-
ment has released to surface water.   Indirect evidence will
usually entail tnformatlon from surface water quality monitoring
data, Including visual observations  of aquatic stress (e.g.,  fish
kills) from water contamination,  When the Investigator  Identifies
indirect evidence of this type, It may be necessary to determine
its source at the facility by evaluating the  pollutant migration
pathways and the waste characteristics at the facility.

     The Investigator should examine available sources of Infor-
mation and use recent visual observations obtained during a
site inspection to Identify any evidence that hazardous  constit-
uents have released from SMMUs at the facility to surface water.

     NPOES.files are particularly useful 1n Identifying  historical
releases to surface water or determining the  likelihood  of current
releases,  NPDES personnel that are familiar  with the facility can
often obtain Information on past releases. Other key sources
of  information Include: RCRA Inspection reports, CERCLA  reports
(e.g., PA/SI), and,discussions with the State agency responsible
for fisheries and wildlife management,

     Due to the Intermittent nature of many surface water releases,
the VSI  1s particularly Important.  The investigator should
examine  the site and nearby surface water for physical evidence
of  release and focus on trying to obtain evidence of releases 1n
areas between the un1»  and the closest surface water body.  The
Investigator should look for visible evidence of uncontrolled
run-off.   If releases have occurred or are occurring at  a unit,
there 1s likely to be evidence around the unit that  Indicates a
ralease  1s taking place.   In addition, 1f the facility 1s located
adjacent to surface water, the Investigator should examine the
surface  water for evidence of  releases.  During the  VSI, the
Investigator should look for:

     o   Observable contaminated run-off or leachate  seeps;

     o   DrainsP« patterns  that Indicate possible run-off from
         units at the  facility;

     o   Evidence of wash-outs  o*  floods,, such as highly eroded
         son, damaged trees, etc.;

-------
     o  Discolored  son,  standing  water,  or  dtad  vegetation
        along  drainage  patterns  leading from the  unit;

     o  Discolored  surfaci  water,  sediment or dead  aquatic
        vegetation;

     o  Evidence of  fish  kills;

     o  Uflpermitted  point source discharges;

     o  Units  (Including  old  fill  material that  1s  now  considered
        hazardous waste)  discharging  1n surface  water;  and
     o
Permitted discharges  that  are of concern,  e.g.,  downstream
contarwl nation resulting from permitted  discharges;
release  of RCRA constituents to surface water;  PfPOfS
units/discharges causing contamination  problems  In  other
media (e.g., air, ground water).
E.   jjywsjirfrp.. tenti  V
     The Investigator should evaluate available information  on
the location, number, and characteristics of potential  receptors
that could be affected by surface water releases at the. facility.
These receptors Include human populations, animal  populations
(particularly any endangered or protected species), and sensitive
envl ronments .

     Potential  receptor information will  be used primarily in
helping the Investigator determine the need for Interim corrective
measures at the facility in order to address instances  of surface
water contamination posing especially high risks of exposure.

     The Investigator should evaluate the likelihood for receptors
to be exposed to hazardous constituents through releases to
surface water 1n order to assess the severity of release.  If
receptors ire currently being exposed to a release .or Wave a high
potential for being exposed, thin the Investigator should consider
recommending Immediate corrective measures (e.g., run-off control
measures) to limit or eliminate exposure to the release*

     The types of information that ire useful in evaluating the
potential far hu««n and environmental receptors to be exposed to
surface wate*" releases are discussed below.
     Human receptors can be exposed to the reltase via their
use of surface water.  The Investigator should determine the use(s)
of the surface water body of concern (e.g., no use, commercial or
industrial. Irrigation, fisheries, commercial  food preparation.
recreation, or drinking).  A release Is more likely to signifi-
cantly Impact human health 1f the surface water 1s being used as
a source of contact recreation (e.g., swimming) rather than being
                               6-9

-------
usid for* Industrial df * eomwMrctal  purposes.  Information on the
location &? any drifting or Irrigation water intakes fs usually
listed in ptf&lic records, which way be obtained from the local
health depftftuMrfft*

2,   E n vl roj^fff ft.t.a.l,,, rectpt ors

     Constituents In a release to surface water may contact sen-
sitive habitats (e.g., a highly productive biological community,
or a hab1t»t of rire or endangered plants or animals).  The
Investigator should locate any sensitive habitats in the surface
water pathway.  This information can federally be obtained by
talking with State F
-------
                        ft  P triMate rs
     Knowledge 0f tfr* wistts that may be potentially released
from a unit Is tWt starting point when Identifying sampling
par ameters « Wwtvtr, many SWMUs have Incomplete of no data on the
wastes deposited dver time.  When little- 1s known of the wastes
managed in thrt tfntt, gas ehromotography/mass speetrometry (5C/MS)
scans such as aefd extractables or base/neutral extract ablts be-
come a good starting point when selecting parameters for analysis
1ft surface water ar»d sediments.

     When a wastt source ts hazardous due to EP Toxlcity, tht
metals of concern are arsenic, barium, cadmium, chromium, lead,
mercury, selenium, and silver.  Tht following metals precipitate
readily under many naturally occurring conditions and can be
found 1n sediment analysis: cadmium, lead, nickel, and zinc,

     The volatile SC/MS scan identifies chemicals that art eharar-
teristic of solvents and lighter petroleum products (e.g., gaso-
line),  Many of these compounds are readily found in the environ-
ment from releises from various waste sources.  Because they are
very volatile, and surface water bodies (particularly rivers and
streams) have the capacity to release the'se constituents via
evaporation into the air, evidence of these ehemfeals may be very
difficult to obtain.  It Is not recommended to sriilyit surface
water bodies for these constituents unless a release is current
or on-going,  Leach*tt samples and run-off, 1f tvitlfble, are
more ammenable to retaining evidence of volatile scfrtstfttrertt
releases .

     Add extrictable compounds may be present in heavier petro-
leum feedstocks, and certain Industrial processes (**•$*•* penta-
chl oropherfol from woffd preserving).  Some of those eo-flfpoands
(e,g., phsnol , pentaehl orophenol t 2-chlorophenol ) »re prtsent  in
common waste i?ourc*s, including POTW discharges.  PHewol »r»d tht
mono-hal ojenateu phenols blodtgrade readily In most s(rfl awd
surface wat^r environments.

     Base/neutral compounds can often be  found 1n wastes from
Industries such as plastics and  synthetic fibers mamrfictuftrs .
The pesticide scan Identifies pesticides  that  are found  specif-
ically in pesticide wastes and products from the agrf chentlsal
1 ndustry,

     When collecting surface water and sediment  samples. It  may
be valuable to sample an up-stream site for the  sam« chemical
parameters that will be analysed in the area of  the suspected
release.  There will often be a  high potential for  other waste
sources (e.g., ?OTWs, Industrial NPOES di scharges) .to  contaminate
surface waters with the same constituents  under  Investigation  in
the RFA.
                                6-11

-------
3.
     An 11 lattPitf on of a situation in which sampling would be
called far Is t't follows:  A waste pile of thickened and filtered
wastewatef treitiHent sludges from an electroplating operation has
been stockpiled on a cement pad for almost ten years.  Visual
inspection of the waste pile shows that thtpe are no on-s1tt
controls to present run-on and run-off.  In fact, channels are
observed leteHrnj downgradiant from the pile, reaching a medium
sfzed stream abotft 200 yards away.

     The waste pile contains both copper and nickel from the
electroplating process. The sludge was formed by the treatment
of wastewaters containing copper cyanide and nickel cyanide by
the addition of lime to form Insoluble precipitates.  Analysis
of current sludge samples shows significant levels of cyanide.
There Is no data on the cyanide levels in the ttn year old
waste pil§,  There 1s no water quality data from the stream
on the parameters of interest (e.g., copper, nickel, or cyanide).
Fish kills were reported on the stream eight or more years ago.
There have been no recently documented fish (tills,

     In this scenario, the investigator should probably call
for sampling to find constituent-specific evidence of a release
to surface water.  Cyanide, being mobile in water* Is anticipated
to be leached otit of the waste pile, and dispersed down stream
during storm events.  Any evidence  of a Release mtfst be preserved
in the soil and sediment.  Therefore, the samfllhg7 program centers
around copper and nickel analysis fi* the soils and sediments*
Soil sampling Is recommended for the low spots In the dfttnage
where run-off may have formed puddles.

     The investigator should take, sediment  samples of the stream
bottom, and analyze them for copper, nickel, and cyanide*
Because cyanide 1s soluble and degradable In small ejufhtltles 1n
the sediments and soils, it may not be found in the  sr«dfnife fits' or
remain in the water, Because of the high cost and  deliy asso-
ciated with analyilng sampling r-esults, the  investigator may
attempt to limit the selection of sampling  parameters to those
most likely to result 1n an identification  of a  release.


III. CGLLECTi'NG ADDITIONAL SAMPLING INFORMATION  IN THE SV

     This section presents technical information  related specifi-
cally to the 'surface water pathway  to  be considered  when collect-
ing additional sampling  information in the  SV.   Accordingly,  the
information presented here should be used to help  the  Investigator
meet one of the primary  goals of  the SV:

     o  To collect additional sampling information to  fill  data
        gaps identified  in the PR and  SVI.
                                6-12

-------
     Per etch taNffplfftf method discussed, this section describes:
1) the ftntrtl fclii^t <*f situations In which it will be appropriate
to employ § speifffe leehnf^uf, 2) technical  information on how
to conduct tfct tifftpt1«f» and 3) specific details to be considered
when evaluating fWi sampling results.  This section does not pro-
vide tht acini! S0Ps on sampling techniques,  but references
relevant
     The choice of appropriate sampling methods will have a large
Impact on the cost and usefulness of the SV.  The Investigator
should be confident when developing and reviewing the sampling
plan that the pre-cedures chosen will meet the needs of the ft?At
while not resulting in the collection of unnecessary data.  This
section d1se«fss«s the following four sampling methods which may
be of use:

     (1) Surface water sampling;

     (2) Sediment sampling;

     (3) Soil samp 11 ft 9; and

     (4) Run-off sampling,

A.   S u r face Mat IT Sajftpl 1 n fl
     It Is Important to select sampling locations ftfr surface
waters prior to actual sample collection since iQCttfan will
often affect the choice of sampling equipment.  St'ltetlon of
sampling location depends on surface water body typt  (*,g*, pond
or stream), flow rate, depth, and width.  In prtetlci, saffty and
physical access limitations will often affect sample  locatierts.
     Surface water samples can be collected direetly  $y
ing the sample bottle.  However, it  Is preferable to  »te  t
collection container  (e«,g.t beaker), properly cleaned fnd of
appropriate material, to a¥0id contaminating the otiitfde  of the
bottle used to transport the sample  back to the laboratory,

     It is often necessary to collect  samples away  froit the
shore. If a plume 1s  visible, samples  should be taken wfthfn  the
plume.  A telescoping aluminum pole  with an adjustable b'tfatfc-er
damp attached to the end 1s the easiest device to  use to reach
sampling locations several feet off-shore.  The collection  vessel
or the sample bottle  is held by the  clamp.  Samples can be  trans-
ferred to appropriate bottles for shipment back to  the laboratory
Surface water samples should be preserved and cooled  to 4®C prior
to shipment to the laboratory.  The  laboratory may  provide  the
preservatives within  the bottles.  These cannot be  used for
direct sampling.
                                6-13

-------
8.   S^tttffjt ajjMt SfecHfflent Sgntftl t ng

     Sediment or sludge can usually be sampled by using a
stainless Sttf| scoop or trier,  Where sediment has a shallow
liquid layer above ft, It may be scooped by a pond sampler or
preferably with i thin-tube sampler,  This device 1s preferred
because ft causes less sample disturbance and will also collect
an aliquot of the overlying liquid, thus preventing drying or
excessive stwple oxidation before analysis.

     If the sltfdge layer is shallow, less than 30 centimeters,
corer penetration may damage the container Hner or bottom.   In
this cast, i £onar or EcMman portable dredge can be used since
these samplers can generally only penetrate a few centimeters,
Of the two samplers, Ponar grab samplers can be applied to a
wider range of sediments and sludges.  They penetrate deeper  and
seal better than the spring-activated Eekmtn dredges, especially
In granular substrates.

     When sampling, the investigator should consider a nuinber  of
additional factors.  For instance, because streams, lakes, and
impoundments generally demonstrate significant variation In
sediment composition resulting from distance front inflows, dis-
charges, or othtr disturbances, the Investigator should document
exact sampling locations by means of trlangul ation with stable
references on the banks of the stream or lake.  In addition,  the
investigator wty have to modify or not use some devices described
above If rocks, debris and organic material 1ri the sediment
complicate sampling.
     EPA's publication, Characterization of
Waste SI tL||-A- Methods Harjajil: Volume  II. fva I f ifrl t "Stiffly >.1 .ftft
Ifetfads , f icIncT ...... fitffon , pa g'es ..... t-f ....... f oT- if 7" d^eSe rf be .......... these
saSpTf ng t §c!lrtTqiuecsT I n  great e r detail.

C.   Son Sampling

     If run-off or leachate samples cannot be obtained  directly
(e.g.,  lack of precipitation), soil samples can  be tilen within
gullies or other run-off channels to  identify corrtamlnatien,
Results showing contaminated soil 1n  a  run-off pathway  will  Indi-
cate the potential for  a surface water  release.  Constituents
found i rv drainage pathways may confirm  the presence of  contaminated
run-off.  The identification of a release to soils tnd  the  appro-
priate  sampling protocol is coveted 1n  Chapter Seven,  Soils.
0.   .Ru.n_^oT;f ..... Samp.) i nj

     Sampling of  run-off  and  leachate  seepage  involves  several
technical difficulties  and will  be  less  common in  the  RFA,   The
major criteria used tu  determine  Now and  where to  sample  Include:
obtaining a  r-epresentat i ve sample,  safety of the  personnel  con-
ducting the  sampling, and the  timing of  sample collection with
the high precipitation  necessary  to create run-off or  infiltration
                                6-14

-------
and seepage, Licit of precipitation during the sampling program Is
the major obstacle to obtaining run-off samples.

     Out to tht differences In run-off patterns between facilities,
no one sampling method is considered reliable for obtaining a
representative sample it every location.  The Investigator will
need to use professional judgment when designing site-spe«ci f 1 c
sampling plans.  When sampling sheet run-.off or small leachate
streams, a *e1r may be used to enable the liquid to spring free
of the surface to provide a sufficient volume for the parameter
analysis..  These, samples should be collected as grabs and all
parameters should be taken within a short period of time (I.e.,
less than 15 minutes ) ,

     The best method for manually collecting samples 1s to use
the actual sample container that will be used to transport the
sample to the laboratory.  'This .veil V prevent the contamination of
samples by the use of a collection device.  The collection
container should be properly cleaned.

     Samples for oil and grease analysis sfrouTd be collected dir-
ectly from the run-off,,  The Investigator should avoid, using
collection vessels wWn transferring oil and grease samples since
oil residue will adhere to the vessel and may fret be transferred
with the sample to. the container.

     Care should be taken to avoid collecting leaves and debris-  in
the vessel,  the sample can then be transferred to the appropriate
container.  Some laboratories will add the preservatives directly
to the sample containers a«d other laboratories will htvt the
sampling team preserve the samples.  The investigator should
use appropriate methods to preserve run-off samples*  Leachate
samples, which are fenerally considered to be hAzffpddtts samples
rather than environmental samples, should not bt preserved.  SM
84 6, Test Met herds, for ..g.vaTuat..1n.o Solid JJasts -  fi||jlAatl Ctoiical
            ':     ..........
                  of Water and Bastes  1s a good
                               ""  "
p re s' e r vTtTdff t e c FTnTq - « e i  for  run""ofT "Tamp 1 e. s .

     In evaluatlng  results.  It  is  very  Important  to  determine  If
representative samples were  obtained and appropriate- sampling
methods were used to collect  parameters.  QA/QC  protocol  for
sampHftg  is described in  Chapter Four.


IV,  MAKING SURFACE WATER  RELEASE  DETERMINATIONS

     This  section summarizes  information that  the Investigator
should consider rfhert making  release .determinations  in the surface
water pathway,                        •    ,  •
                                6-15

-------
and seepage. Lack of precipitation during the sampling program 1s
the major obstacle to obtaining run-off samples.

     Due to the differences 1n run-off patterns between facilities,
no one sampling method 1s considered reliable for obtaining a
representative sample at every location,  The Investigator will
need to use professional judgment when designing s1 te-spe^l f 1 c
sampling plans.  When sampling sheet run-off or small leachate
streams, a weir may be used to enable the liquid to spring free
of the surface to provide a sufficient volume for the parameter
analysis.  These samples should be collected as grabs and all
parameters should be taken within a short period of time (I.e.,
less than IS minutes).

     The best method for manually collecting samples 1s to use
the actual sample container that will be used to transport the
sample to the laboratory.  This will prevent the contamination of
samples by the use of a collection device.  The collection
container should be properly cleaned.

     Samples for oil and grease analysis should be collected dir-
ectly from the run-off.  The Investigator should avoid using
collection vessels when transferring oil and grease samples since
oil residue will adhere to the vessel and may not be transferred
with the sample to the container.

     Care should be taken to avoid collecting leaves and debris  1n
the vessel.  The sample can then be transferred to the appropriate
container.  Some laboratories will add the preservatives directly
to the sample containers and other laboratories wilt have  the
sampling team preserve the samples.  The InvestigatoY should
use appropriate methods to preserve run-off samples.  Leachate
samples, which are generally considered to be hazardous samples
rather than environmental samples,, should not be preserved.  SW
846, Test Met hcid s f Q r Eva 1 u a 1 1mng 5 o 1 1 d Haste -  P hy s 1 c a 1 Chemi c a 1
Methods'  IT "tHe" 'FeT £'"r°^^'p^^^'^^r"j^"g'arj'ou''s' sampiesT^etWffs' ..... for
     cjLl Ana .ly_s , 1 s of Water ,_an_d Wastes 1s a good reference for
pr ese r*Vat Ton t echniques f o r run -of f samp 1 es .

     In evaluating results, It 1s very. 1 mportant to determine  if
representative samples were obtained and appropriate  sampling
methods were used to collect parameters.  QA/QC protocol for
sampling is described 1n Chapter Four.


IV.  MAKING SURFACE WATER  RELEASE DETERMINATIONS

     This section summarizes Information that  the  Investigator
should consider when making release determinations  1n  the surface
water pathway.
                                6-15

-------
     Chapter Four presents  the general  procedure  to  be  followed
when making release determinations  1n  tht  RFA,   This  Involves:

     o  Evaluating sampling results from the  S¥;

     o  Integrating facility Information gathered 1n  the  PR,
        VSI, and the SV;

     o  Determining the likelihood  of  release at  the  facility;  and

     o  Miking recommendations concerning  the need for  further
        1nvestlgatlons.

     The Investigator should rely upon Information available  ind
his/her best proVasslonal  judgment  when making  release  determina-
tions In the surface water  pathway.  As stited  1n Chapter Four,
it will often be necessary  to make  deductions on  the  likely
origins of surface water contamination 1n  the RFA when  there  1s
evidence of such contamination.  In order  to  do this, the Inves-
tigator should be able to demonstrate that:  1)  the constituents
identified 1n the surface water or  sediments  were present 1n  the
specific unit or group of units; and 2) the  pollutant migration
pathways at the site support a determination  thit a  constituent
leaking from a specific unit or group of units  would be likely  to
migrate to the surface water of concern.  The Investigator should
rely upon best professional judgment In making  this  determlnation.

     Further Investigations to establish the  presence of, and
character of» surface water (and/or sediment) contamination
problems, and the sources of such contamination,  should be required
of the owner/operator when Information or evidence Indicates  that
there 1s or is likely to be releases from the facility to tht
surface water body which poses an actual or  potential threat  to
human health or the environment.

     Exhibit 6-2 is a checklist that should  help the Investigator
evaluate specific factors to Identify surface water releases
and determine the relative effect on human health and the en-
vironment.  In identifying releases, the Investigator should
consider the types of information presented  1n Exhibit l-l
which are highlighted in this checklist.
                               6-16

-------
                           EXHIBIT  6-2

               Ctiicklist  for Surface Water Releases
o  Unit Design and Physical  Condition
      Are engineered features (e.g., run-off control  systems)
      designed to prevent releases from the unit)?
      Does tie .operational  history of the unit Indicate that a
      release his taken place (e.g., old, closed or Inactive unit,
      not Inspected regularly. Improperly maintained)?  ,


      Does the physical condition of the unit Indicate tttat re-
      leases may have occurred (  e.g., cracks or stress fractures
      1n tanks or erosion of earthen dikes of surface Impound-
      ments)?


o  Release Migration Potential


      Does the slope of the facility and Intervening terrain
      Indicate potential fgr release?        <


   -  Could surface run-off from the unit reach tht nearest
      downgradltnt surface water body?

                                                         /
      Is the Intervening terrain character! zed 'by soils ind
      vegetation that allow overland migration  ( t.g., clayey
      soils, and sparse vegetation)?


      Does data on one-year 24-hour  rainfall Indicate the  poten-
      tial for area storms to cause  surface water or surface
      drainage contamination as a result of run-off?
                               6-17

-------
                       EXHIBIT  6-2  (cont.)

               Checklist  for Surface Water  Releases
o  Waste Characteristics


      Is the volume of discharge high relative  to  the  size and
      flow rate-of the surface water body?


      Do constituents In the discharge tend  to  sorb to sediments
      (e.g., metals)?


      Do constituents 1n the discharge tend  to  be  transported
       downstream?                              ,
                                    \


      Do waste constituents exhibit moderate or high characteristics
      of persistence (e.g., PCBs, dloxlns,  etc.)?


   -  Do waste constituents exhibit moderate or high characteristics
      of toxlclty (e.g., metals* chlorinated pesticides, etc,)?


o  Evidence of Release


       Is there direct e.vidence (e.g., sampling data;  observed
       contaminated run-off)?

                            I
      Is there Indirect evidence (e.g., discolored soil, dead
      vegetation)?
                               6-18

-------
                          CHAPTER  SEVEN

                               AIR


I.   INTRODUCTION
                      *
A.   P u r P ojte

     This chapter provides technical  Information  to  support  the
Investigation of air releases during  the RFA.   While Chapters  Two
Three, and Four provide general  guidance on conducting  an  RFA,
this chapter focuses on sped fie. factors unique to the  air medium
that should be considered by the Invastlgator.

     In Investigating the potential  for  air releases during  the
RFA, the Investigator should focus his/her attention on operating
units.  Operating waste management units have  the greatest poten-
tial for air releases because they actively expose wastes  to the
air on a continuous basis.  In invest Jgttl rig air releases, EPA
personnel should take safety precautions In order to reduce  their
exposure to on-s1te emissions.  Safety precautions are  discussed
1n Chapter Four.

     Wastewater treatment units, such as those  In treatment
trains regulated by NPDES, can cause  significant volatile  air -
emissions.  The Investigator should address potential §1r  releases
from these units In the RFA.
               *
     This chapter 1s organized to reflect the  separate  phases of
the RFA process;

     o  Conducting a preliminary review of existing Information;
     o  Conducting a visual site Inspection;
     o  Collecting additional sampling Information In a SV; and
     o  Making release determinations.      .

     The first section describes the technical  factors  that should
be considered during the PR and VSI,   The second section describes
the technical approach to obtaining additional  sampling Information
1n the SV for air, and should be consulted along with Chapter
Four on conducting a SV.  The final section discusses factors to
consider when making air release determinations at the end of the
RFA.  This section also presents options  for further Investigation
of air releases to be evaluated at the end of the RFA.

-------
U.    CONDUCTING  A  PRELIMINARY  REVIEW  AND  VISUAL
      SITE  1HSPECTION  OF  AIR  RELEASE POTENTIAL

      This  section  presents  technical  Information  related  specifi-
 cally to the air pathway to  be considered when  conducting  the  PR
 and VSI,  Accordingly, this  section has been  organized  to  reflect
 the primary go/ls  rf  these  phases  zf  the  RFA  described  1n  Chapters
 Two and Three:

      o  Identifying  and  describing potential  threats  to air  at
         RCRA facilities; and

      o  Making  a preliminary assessment of the  need  for a  SV or
         other actions at these facilities.
*
      This  section  presents  technical  Information  specific  to the
 air pathway covering  the five  types of  Information  described 1n
 Exhibit 1-1, and technical  Information  to help  the  Investigator
 determine  when  additional  sampling will be necessary  1n a  SV to
 Identify air releases.   We  will discuss these six types of Infor-
 mation separately:

      (1)  Unit  characteristics;

      (2)  Waste characteristics;
                                    /
      (3)  Pollutant  migration  pathways;

      (4)  Evidence of release;

      (5)  Exposure potentlal;  and

      (6)  Determining the need for additional sampling  Information.

 This Information 1s  relevant to the evaluation  of written documents
 1n the PR and Information gathered 1n the VSI.

 A,   Unit  Cha ra ct e r1s11 c s

      The design and  operating characteristics of  a SWMU will
 determine to a great extent their  potential for releasing hazardous
 constituents to air.   While the Investigator should evaluate all
 SWMUs for air releases.  Including  NPDES units,  the Investigation
 should focus on operating units.  As  previously mentioned, opera-
 ting units have the  greatest potential  for air releases because
 they actively expose wastes to the air on a continuous  basis.
 Wastes 1n  closed,  Inactive units will have a lower potential to
 cause air releases.   There may be  some exposure to the  air 1f a
 cover has  eroded or  broken do*n, but  air   releases resulting from
 these situations are likely to be  negligible (I.e., undetectable).

      When  assessing  the  potential  for releases, the key factors
 to examine Include:
                                7-2

-------
     0   Unl t  Slif •   The  slit  of  a  unit  determines  the  mass  of
        pWeritlliY  contaminants available  for  release.   Volatil-
        ization  ratts  are  likely to  be  larger  from open  units
        (e.g.,  surface  Impoundments  and open  tanks)  with  large
        surface  areas.

     o   P y f p a s e ^o f  t h e  unit  [t r ta t men t . s to rage ,  or  d 11 s p o s a 1 ) .
        i n  gsmeraT » un It sin  wh ich~™Ict 1 ve t reatment  1 s occu r r 1 ng
        have  tht greatest  potential  for air  releases.   In many
        cases,  treatment is  designed to promote  volatilization  of
        constituents.   In  other  cases,  this  1s  not the main
        purpose  of  the  treatment method 1n use.   However, the
        resultant  mixing and  movement  of  wastes  leads  to  high
        volatilization  rates.

     o   Qes 1 grt  of L the  unit.   Units 1n  which  wastes ara In direct
        c ; o n t a c t  w f f n the atmosphere  have  a higher potential for
        releases than  closed  or  covered units.

     o   Cujrr en t ....... Qfieravtl o n a. 1  s tat us .  The  nature  of air releases
        1 " s""™s ¥c h ..... tnW~t h e m i j o r ft y  o f the  mass available for
        release will be released shortly  after  tht waste 1s
        placed  1n  the  unit.   Thus, as  mentioned,  operating units
        are of  greater  concern than  closed units.   This 1s par-
        ticularly  true for unit  types  and wastes  for which vola-
        tilization 1s  Important,  Units with potential pirtlculate
        releases may continue to release  contaminants well after
        closure, especially  1f the unit has been  poorly maintained,
     o  Unl It stfjcl f 1e factors*  There art specific design and oper-
        at 1 o n aT f a c tors a s s o c 1 a t e d with each unit type which are
        useful In evaluating the potential  for release*  These
        factors are summarized 1n Exhibit 7-1.

In addition to considering the Individual unit sizes, tht Investi-
gator should be aware of the total area used for solid waste
management at a facility.  Alflough Individual units may have
undetectable releases, the total release from a facility can be
significant.  Exhibit 7-1 lists specific considerations for par-
ticularly Important unit types.

     In assessing a unit's potential for air release, the Inves-
tigator should be aware of the Importance of Interactions between
the various unit characteristics listed above and the character-
istics of the wastes placed 1n the unit.  It 1s Important to
examine how these two factors combine to result In an air release.
For example, a facility may have several large operating surface
Impoundments, suggesting a potential for large air releases.
However, 1f the facility 1s a steel manufacturer treating only
spent pickle liquor 1n these ponds, 1t H unllkel.y any air
release will occur because the hazardous constituents 1n the
waste are non-volatile, soluble metals.
                               7-3

-------
                           EXHIBIT 7-1

                 UNIT POTENTIAL FOR AIR  RELEASES
                    AND MECHANISMS OF RELEASE
Unit Type
Characteristics and Mechanisms of Release
Operating Surfact
Impoundments
   Wastes directly exposed to atmosphere
   promotes vapor phase emissions
   Large surface areas and shallow depths
   promote Increased volatilization
   Mechanical  treatment methods (such as
   aeration) Increase volatilization
Open Roofed Tanks
o  Wastes directly exposed to atmosphere
   (promotes vapor phase emissions)
o  Mechanical treatment or frequent mixing
   will Increase volatilization
Landfi11s
   Volatilization of vapor phase constituents
   through the sub-surfict and dafly/perwanent
   cover
   Poor or no dally cover Increases volatili-
   zation
   Open trench fill operations allow direct
   exposure of waste to atmosphere
   Volatile gases transported by convection
   of biogenlc gases released via routine
   landfill venting (particularly Important
   In sanitary/hazardous mixed fills)
   Partlculate releases generated by machinery
   during filling operations
   Partlculate releases due to wind erosion  of
   cover and/or exposed wastes
Land Treatment Units
   Wastes normally 1n direct contact with
   atmosphere
   Application techniques which maximize waste
   contact with atmosphere, such as surface
   spreading or spray 1rr1gatlonpromote
   Increased volatilization
   Partlculate releases due to wind erosion
                                7-4

-------
                     EXHIBIT  7-1  (Continued)

                 UNIT POTENTIAL  FOR  AIR  RELEASES
                    AND  MECHANISMS OF  RELEASE
Unit type


Wasf. Piles
Characteristics and Mechanisms of Release
   Partlculate emissions from uncovered
   waste piles
   Location of waste pile 1n open area with
   no erosion protection promotes pirtlculate
   generatlon
   Waste handling activities on and around
   pile Increase emissions
   Volatile emissions are likely to be rare,
   but cm occur based on waste composition
Drum Storage Areas
   Vaporization from drums frequently left
   open to atmosphere or from poorly sealed
   drums
   Vapor emissions from areas containing
   leaking drums
Covered Tanks
o  Volatile releases from pressure venting,
   poorly sealed access ports, or Improperly
   operated and maintained valves and seals.
Inclnerators
o  Stack emissions of parMculates
o  Stack emissions of volatile constituents
   High temperatures may cause volatilization
   of low vapor pressure organlcs and metals
o  Volatile releases via malfunctioning valves
   during Incinerator charging
Non-RCRA Wastewater
Treatment Ponds and
Tanks
   Low concentration wastes may volatilize
   due to  large surface area and active waste
   treatment.  Releases can be significant
   due to  generally large treatment
   capad t1 es
Other Design and
Operating Practices
    Inadequate  spill collection  systems  promote
    Intermittent air releases
    Lack of  vapor  collection systems  for use
    during container/tank  cleaning  operations
    Absence  of  dust suppression  or  partlculate
    control  measures
                                7-5

-------
                                  EXHIBIT  7-2

              PARAMETERS  AND MEASURES  FOR  USE  IN  EVALUATING
          POTENTIAL AIR RELEASES OF  HAZARDOUS  WASTE  CONSTITUENTS
    Eml ss1 cm .and
A, Vapor Phast Emissions

   -- Dilute Aqueous Solution^/
Units or Concern1/
Surface Imp.,
Tanks. Containers
   -- Cone. Aqueous Solut1on£/     Tanks, Containers,
                                   Surface Imp,
   — Immiscible Llqufd
   — Solid
Centalners. Tanks
Landfills. Waste
Piles, Land Trt.
B. Partlculatt Emissions

   « Solid
Landfills, Waste
P11es» Land Trt,
Useful Parameters
   and Measures
Solubility,
Vapor Pressure,
Partial Pressure,^/
Henry's Law      "~

Solubility,
Vapor Pressure,
Partial Pressure,
Raoults Law

Vapor Pressure,
Partial Pressure

Vapor Pressure,
Partial Pressure,
Octanol/Water
Partition Coeff.
Particle Size
Distribution,
Site Activities,
Management Methods
        JJ7  Incinerators are not specifically listed on this 'table be-
   cause of the unique Issues concerning air emissions from these
   units.  Incinerators can burn all the forms of waste "listed In this
   table.  Tht potential for release from these units 1s primarily a
   function of Incinerator operating conditions and emission controls,
   rather than waste characteristics.

        £/  Although the octanol/water partition coefficient of a con-
   stituent 1s usually not an Important characteristic 1n these waste
   streams, there are conditions where It fan be critical.  Spedf'c-
   ally, 1n waste containing high concentrations of organic partlcu-
   lates, constituents with high octanol/water partition coefficients
   will, adsorb to the partlculates.  They will become part of the sludge
   or sediment matrix, rathtr than volatilising from the unit,

        jj/  Applicable to mixtures of volatile components.
                                      7-7

-------
                                  EXHIBIT 7-3
              HAZARDOUS CONSTITUENTS OF CONCERN AS VAPOR RELEASES
  Hazardous Constituent

Acet aldehyde
Acrolein
Acrylonitrile
Allylchlorlde
Benzene
Benzyl chloride
Carbon Tetrachloride
Chi proberuene
Chloroform

Chloroprene
Creosols
Cumene (isopropylbenzene)
I,4~diehlor0benzene
1,2-dfchloroethane
Qichloromethane
01ox1n
Ep1chloroNydr1n
Ethyl benzene
Ethylene oxide
Formaldehyde
Hexachlorobutadiene
Hexachlorocyclopentadlene
Hydrogen cyanide
             RCRA Waste Codes
K001.U001
K012
K011.K01Z,K013,U009
F024.F025
F024.F025,K001,K014fK019,K083,K085,K103IK105
K015,K085,P028
F001,F024,F025,KOl6,K016,K020,K021tK073iU2111
F001,F002,F024,F025,K015 »K016 »K085 »K105
Fp02,F024fF025,K009,K010.K016.K01d.K020fK073<.
K021,K029,U044
F024.F025
F004,U052
U055
F002»F024tF025,K016,K085,Kl05,U072
K018,K019,K020,K029,K030tK096tF024,F028,U077
F001JF002,F0241F025tK009,K010fK021tUd80;
F020(F021tF022'.F023lF028
K017»K019,K020,U041
F003
U1T5
K009,K010tK033,K040»U122
F024.F02S,K040PK016,K018.K030,U128
F024,F025tK032,K033,K034,U130
F007,F009tF010fK013fK060
                                       7-8

-------
                               EXHIBIT 7-3 (cont.)
              HAZARDOUS CONSTITUENTS OF CONCERN AS  VAPOR  RELEASES

  Hazardous Constituent                  RCRA Waste Codes
Hydrogen flourlde
Hydrogen sulflde
Mal®1c anhydride             K023,K093,U147
Hethyl acetate
N-D1methyln1trosam1ne        U100
Naphthalene                  F024tF025,K001,K035,KQ60»KQ87,U165
Nitrobenzene                 F004,K025,K083,K103,U169
N1trosomorphol1ne
                             K001,K022»K087,U188
                             P095
^nthallc anhydride           K016,K023,K024,K093,K094,U190
PolychloHnated bipheriyls    K085
   Aroclor 1242
   Aroelor 1248
   Aroelor 1254
           1?50
                             F024,F025,K016,K019,K020,K021,K030,K095,K096»U209
Tttrachtoroethylene          F001.F002,F024,F025,K016,K018,K109,K020,K021,U210
                             F005,F024,F025,K015,K036,K037,U220
Ul.Utrlchloroethane        F001fF002,F024,F025.K019,K020,K028,K029»K073,K095,
                             K096,U226
                             F001,F002,F024,F025,K016,K018,K019»K020,U228
Vlnyichloride                KO)9,K020,K023,K029,KO?8,F024.F025,U043
                             F003,F02!t,K019,K020,F024»K029,U078
                                      7-9

-------
                          EXHIBIT 7-4
  HAZARDOUS CONSTITUENTS OF CONCERN AS PARTICIPATE RELEAStS
Hazardous Constituent
   Arsenic
          RCRA Waste Codes
0QOQfD004,K060>KQ21tK084,P01Q,
P011.P012
   Asbtstos
U013
   Beryl 1lum
DOOO,0006,P015
   Cadmlum
DOOO,0006,F006tFOOT,F008.F009,
F061.F062, F064tFO§8iF06?»F068lF06i
   Chromium
0000»0007,F006tF007,F008sF009,F002»
F064.F069.F086,
   Lead
0000,0008,F006tF009,K003,K044,K04Sf
KOi2,K061,K062,K064tK089 K086.PHO
   Mercury
DOQ8.KOn.K106
   Nickel
F006fF007,F008,F009
                              7-10

-------
higher the concentration of a  particular  constituent  present
1n a wn1t» thi grtattr 1s Hs  potential  for  air  release.   However,
the Intrinsic potential  for a  constituent  to volatilize  depends
on chemical and physical properties  that  vary greatly between
different constituents.   Accordingly,  a  highly concentrated
solution of ont constituent may result  In  a  lower  release  potential
than a dilute concentration of another  constituent.

     Constituent-specific physical  and  chemical  parameters «re
very Important Indicators of the potential  for a vapor-phase
release*  The parameters most  Important  when assessing the v^a-
tlllzatfon of a constituent Include  the  following;
     0  Wa t e^^olub 1 1 1 1^ .   The solubility 1n water Indicates  the
        maxl mu¥ eoncentratl on at which  a constituent  can dissolve
        1n water at a  given  temperature.  This value  can help
        the Investigator estimate the distribution of a constituent
        between the dissolved aqueous phase 1n the unit and the
        undlssolved solid  or Immiscible liquid phase.  Considered
        1n combination  with  the constituent's vapor pressure, 1t
        can provide a  relative assessment of the potential  magni-
        tude of volatilization of a constituent from  an aqueous
        environment.

     0  Vapor prejjjire,  Vapor pressure measures the  pressure of
        v a p o r i n^equTT 1 b r 1 u m with a pre liquid.  It  1s best used
        1n a relative  senst; constituents with high vapor pres-
        sures are more  likely to have releases than those with
        low vapor pressures, depending on other factors such as
         ilattve solubility  and concentrations (1»e.  at high
        concentrations  releases can occur even though a
        constituent's  vapor  pressure 1s relatively low).

     o  Octanyl/wattr  parti tl on coefficient .  The octanol /water
        pa r 1 11 to n ....... "coW f 1 cf¥n f i n oTc alt e s t he tendency of an organic
        constituent to sorb  to organic constituents 1n the soil
        or waste matrices of a unit.  Vapors with high octanol/
        wattr partition coefficients will adsorb readily to, organic
        carbon, rather than  volatilizing to the atmosphere,  This
        1s particularly Important 1n landfills and land treatment
        units, whert high organic carbon contents In soils or
        cover material  can significantly reduce the release
        potential vapor phase constituents.

     o  Partial pr e s sure .  For constituents In a mixture, partlcu-
        1 arty in a soTfd matrix, the partial pressure of a consti-
        tuent will be more significant than the purt vipor pressure
        In general, the greater the partial pressurt, thi greater
        the potential  for release.  Partial pressures will be
        difficult to obtain.  However, when waste characterization
        data is available partial pressures can be estimated
        using methods  commonly found 1n engineering and environ-
        mental science handbooks.
                               7-11

-------
     o  Ha n ry' s law con St. a n t.   Henry's  lav  constant  1s  the  ratio
        "of ine vapor pressure  of a  constituent  and  Its  aqueous
        solubility  (at equilibrium).   It  can  be used  to asstss
        the relative ease  with which  the  compound may be removed
        from the aqueous  phase via  vaporization.   It  1s accurate
        only when used concerning low concentration  wastes  1n
        aqueous solution.   Thus 1t  will  be  most useful  when the
        Liilt being  assessed 1s a surface  Impoundment  or tank  con-
        taining dilute wastewaters „  Generally, when  the value  of
        Henry's Law constant  1s less  than 1QE-7 atm-m^  the  consti-
        tuent will  not volatilize from water.   As the value In-
        creases the potential  for significant  vaporization  Increas-
        es, and when 1t  1s  greater  than iOE-3  rapid  vo1at111z«t1rn
        will occur.

     0  Raoultis Law-  Raoult's Law  can  be used to  predict re-
        Teasts from concentrated aqueous  solutions  {I.e. solutions
        over 101 solute).   This will  be most  useful  when the  unit
        of concern  entails  container  storage,  tank  storage, or
        ti jatment of concentrated waste streams.

     For solid wastes, Imlsclble liquids, and  wastes  disposed of
in landfills, land  treatment,  or waste piles,  thtfe  are no  simple
measures that can bt used to assess the potential  for volatiliza-
tion of a constituent.  The Investigator will  need  to consider  the
appropriate chemical, physical, and unit  parameters,  and then use
his/her best Judgment In  determining  the potential  for release.

2.   Part 1 cu 1 ate Em1 s.s 1 ons

     Exhibit 7-4 lists hazardous constituents  thit  art of special
concern for partl'-.ulate air releases.  Partlculate  emissions from
solid waste management units can contain organic material,  heavy
metals, or both.  The heavy metals  shown 1n Exhibit  7-4 are pre-
dominantly associated with paniculate releases, although both
arsenic and mercury may be present  as vapor phase releases  due  to
thtlr relatively high vapor pressures.  Similarly,  the organic
compounds shown in Exhibit 7-3 may also be found adsorbed or bound
to soil and/or other partlculate matter releases.

     In general, there will be fewer facilities with ^articulate
emissions.  However, at some facilities partlculate emissions may
be very significant (e.g.,  discharges from a lead smelter)  and
threaten the safety of on-s1te workers and EPA personnel during a
sltt visit.

     The likelihood of partlculate releases at hazardous waste
management facilities 1s generally associated with landfills,
land treatment units and/or waste piles.  The potential for
partlculite releases 1s governed by different parameters than
those that afftct vapor-phase  releases.

     For partlculate releases, the size distribution of the
particles 1n the release plays an Important role 1n both
dispersion and actual exposure.  Large particles will  settle out


                               7-12

-------
of the §1r more ripldly thin swill  particles,  thus  they will  not
travel a$ ftr off-site or be diluted as much by dispersion.   Very
small particles {1,t.» those that are less than 5 microns  1n
diameter), are considered to be resplrable and thus present  a
greater health hatard than larger particles.  The Investigator
should examine the source of the participate emissions  to  obtain
Information on particle size.

     The primary mechanism for generating partlculate releases at
hazardous waste facilities is wind erosion.  In general, the
unit's location will affect the potential for the wind  to  erode
wjistes 1n the unit*  The unit's location and orientation with
respect to the prevailing winds and large structures on-s1te  will
determine the unit's vulnerability to wind erosion and  the poten-
tial for partlculate releases.  Agency personnel should determine
the location of SWHUs of concern with respect to prev«%111ng  winds
and the use of wind screens (both natural and mart-made) and  dally
covers to determine the unit's vulnerability to wind erosion.

C.   Pollutant Migration Pathway

     The investigator should Identify the migration route(s)  for
potential air releases tn-order to 1dent,1fy:

     o  The locations along the route where target populations
        may be exposed to the release; and

     o  Locations to sample for evidence of release (e.g., south
        or north edge of the unit), where no evidence of release
        exists* but the Investigator believes, based on unit  and
        waste characteristics, that releases may occur.

     In Identifying air pollutant migration pathways, the investi-
gator should determine the direction of the prevailing winds
around the facility, and characterize the geography (e.g., narrow
valleys and urban areas containing large buildings, or artificial
canyons) along the wind pathway.  Using this information, he/she
should be able to Identify upwind and downwind sampling locations
and target populations that may be exposed to air  releases along
their migration route.

     The Investigator may be able to obtain some of this Information
from local weather data bases as part of the PR,   Most of this
Information, however, will probably be collected during the  VSI.

0.   E v1 d ei fjic e o f R e 1 e a s e

     The Investigator should examine any available  sources,of
information to Identify evidence that constituents  have been
released to the air at a facility 1n a proportion  that poses  an
actual or potential threat to human health  and the  environment.
General considerations on how to look for evidence  of  release  are
discussed 1n Chapters Two and Three.
                               7-13

-------
     Direct evidence of air releases will Include the following;

     o  A1r St«pl1ng/won1tor1ng dati associated with a particular
        unit (i.g*9 samples taken from above a NPOES unit; moni-
        toring data required under a Clean A1r Act permit);

     o  Visual evidence of partlculate releases from a unit;

     Indirect evidence of release Includes the following;

     o  Evidence of contamlnation around the facility that may have
        rtfylted from an air release (e.g., accumulated partlculate
        emissions from a smoke stack or landfill/waste pile);

     o  On-s1tt air monitoring data gathered under the OSHA program;

     o  Records of citizen complaints associated with the facility
        concerning odors, headaches, nausea, or observed partlculate
        releases.
^
     During the yin sal site Inspection, the Investigator should
 identify any evidence that hazardous constituents have released
 or  art  continuing to release from SMMUs at the facility to the
 afr.  During the visual site Inspection he/she should confirm the
 presence of units of concern and look for evidence of partlculate
 emissions  from units.  Although the Investigator may occasionally
 smell vapor-phase releases, 1n most cases, these releases will  be
 difficult  to Identify without samples.  Procedures for collecting
 additional sampling Information are discussed  1n Section  HI.

 E.   Exposure Potential

     The Investigator should evaluate available  Information on
 the location, number, and characteristics of potential receptors
 that could be affected by air releases at the  facility*   Human
 receptors  ire of primary concern for air  releases.   Potential
 receptor Information will be used primarily in helping the  Inves-
 tigator determine the need for Interim corrective measures  at the
 facility 1n order to address Instances of air  contamination
 posing  especially high risks of exposure.

     Population density and  distance from the  source are  the  pri-
 mary factors 1n determining  the significance of  a potential
 exposure.  Distance should be measured from the  un1t(s)  containing
 the waste  rather than from the facility  boundary, although  total
 facility emissions from all  SWMUs should  also  be kept  1n  mind.
 Most Importantly, the Investigator  should consider  the density  of
 the population residing near the site, as well as transients  such
 as  workers 1n factories, offices, restaurants, motels, or students.

     The most significant  exposure  potential will occur  1n  situa-
 tions when there 1s a high population density  very  close  to the
 site.   However, because concentrations can  be  quite  high, even
 low density populations 1n such close proximity  to  the site art
                                7-14

-------
of concern.  Dispersion can significantly  reduce  concentrations
as distance from a site Increases.   Thus,  the  significance  of
high population density at larger distances  from  the  site  1s
reduced.

     The Investigator needs to consider the  relationship  between
distance, concentration, and population density  1n  evaluating  the
significance of an exposure potential.   An additional  factor to
consider Is the population located along the line of  the  most
predominant wind direction at a site.   Because the  RFA 1s  pri-
marily concerned with continuous releases, populations located
along this line downwind of the site are more  likely  to receive
significant exposures than populations  located along  other  vectors.

     If the investigator determines that units at a facility are
releasing large volumes of unsaturated  hydrocarbons*  he/she may
need to consider population density over a much  larger area*
These constituents contribute to the formation of photochemical
smog and ozone, which, in combination  with other  regional  pollu-
tant releases, can cause significant exposures over a wide
geographic area.

F.   Determining the Need for Additional Sampling Information

     If the Investigator determines, based on  his Inspection  of
the unit, that there is a significant  potential  for the unit  to
be releasing substantial quantities of volatile  constituents  and
fn consideration of the proximity of receptors,  he/she may choose
to sample to determine conclusively whether an air release 1s
occurring which merits further Investigation^   We discuss 1n  this
section:

     (1)  General Information on factors to consider in determining
          the need for additional sampling information; and
                                                        •v,.^
     (2)  Factors to consider in selecting sampling parameters.

1.   General Information on Determining the Need for Sampling

     The Investigator should use his/her best  professional  judgment
1n determining when a unit may be releasing hazardous constituents
to the air.  In some situations, a unit may exhibit a strong poten-
tial for air releases, based upon unit and waste characteristics,
but the Investigator wants to confirm this with additional  data.
This may be necessary 1n situations where the owner/operator has
not cooperated with EPA, and he/she may contest an EPA request to
conduct further investigations by denying the presence of air
releases.
                               7-15

-------
 2,   Salec11 an of S a mp11ng Parameters

     In selecting sampling parameters, the Investigator should
 consider those constituents he/she believes to be of concern at
 the  facility.  These constituents are discussed 1n detail earlier
 1n this chapter.  In general, the Investigator will be able to
 confirm a release when one constituent has been shown to release,
 and  therefore, the number of parameters considered should be as
 limited as possible.

     In many  cases, the Investigator will be able to confirm or
 deny the presence of an air release by sampling for VOCs with an
 indicator device.  However, these devices can miss episodic re-
 leases.  These devices (e.g., OVA and HNU) measure the concentra-
 tion of volatile organlcs 1n the air, and thus provide a screening
 level  technique for Identifying  releases.  These sampling methods
 are  discussed further 1n Section III.


 III. OBTAINING ADDITIONAL SAMPLING INFORMATION

     This section presents technical Information related specifically
 to air releases to be considered when collecting additional
 sampling Information 1n the SV.  The Information presented here
 should be used to help the Investigator meet one of the  primary
•goals  of the  SV;

     o To collect additional sampling Information to fill data
        gaps  Identified 1n the PR and VSI, leading towards final
        release determinations.

     For each sampling method discussed, this section describes:
 1) the general kinds of situations 1n which  1t will be appropriate
 to employ a  specific technique*  2) technical Information on how
 to conduct the sampling, and  3)  specific details to be considered
 when evaluating the sampling  results.  This  section does not
 provide the  actual SOPs on sampling techniques here,  although  it
 does reference the relevant manuals where possible.

     The choice of appropriate  sampling methods will  have  a large
 Impact on the cost and  usefulness of the SV.  The  Investigator
 should be confident when developing and reviewing  the  sampling
 plan that the procedures chosen  will meet the needs of the RFA»
 while  not resulting In  the collection of unnecessary  data.

     We describe  several sampling techniques that  will be  appro-
 priate for  Identifying  air  releases during the RFA;

      (!)   Indicator techniques  (OVA  and HNU);

      (2)  Draeger  tubes; and

      (3)  Monitoring  stations wltTn  Tenax tubes.
                                7-16

-------
1.   Indicator 1frfetin1.gu.ti COVA and HNU)
                        j
     The most common air sampling technique  will  Involve  the  use
of portable air monitoring Instruments  which measure  total  organic
constituents present 1n the air at the  sampling point.   The two
most commonly used devices are the organic  vapor analyzer (OVA),
and the HNU photolonizatlon detector.   The  OVA detects  the  pres-
ence of organic compounds 1n air with  a flame 1onizat1on  detector,
while the HNU detects  organic compounds with a photolonizatlon
detector.   While these units provide  somewhat different  results,
this discussion will be limited to the  HNU;  most of the discussion
will be applicable to  use of the OVA,

     The HNU provides  the Investigator  with  a quick and simple
method for determining the presence of  organic compounds  1n the
air, and for providing a general indication  of their magnitude,
When evaluating the likelihood of releases  at wasttwater  treatment
tanks, the Investigator should hold the HNU  as close as possible
to the unit and wait for the meter to  equilibrate.  The Instrument
provides a reading of organic vapor concentration 1n terms  of
parts per mil 11on.

     The Investigator should be aware  that  both of these Instruments
are calibrated to measure accurately only out volatile constituent;
the HNU is calibrated for benzene, while the OVA 1s calibrated
for methane.  Thus, when encountering  other organic constituents,
the meter may Indicate either higher or lower c§ne«ntrat1ons  of
that constituent than are actually present.   The 1hvift1|ator
should consider that these Instruments provide general Indications
on the presence of volatile organic*,  not quantitative evidence.
However, an HNU Indication of organic  vapors at a site may be
sufficient to compel further Investigations at that unit,

2.   Draeger Tubes

     When the Investigator seeks more detailed Information on the
presence of'Organic constituents 1n the air, Draeger tubes can be
useful for measuring specific constituents.  This sampling tech-
nique shares the advantage of the HNU and OVA 1n that Draeger
tubes are a portable, field technique, which does not require
laboratory analysis*

     Draeger tubes contain a sorbent material encased 1n a small
glass tube, through which an air sample 1s  pulled with a hand-
held pump.  The sorbent  material has been chemically-treated
to  turn a color when the  specific constituent of concern 1s
present in the air.  The  length  of the stained material  Indicates
the concentration of the  constituent 1n the a1r» the tube  contains
a calibrated scale  for  reading  concentration  1n parts per  million
directly off of the tube.
                                7-17

-------
     Draeger tubes have several  advantages over the Indicator
techniques discussed above.   Because they are constituent-specific,
they provide a better Indication of the toxlclty posed by an air
release.  They also will  provide a more accurate measurement of
the constituents of concern, since there 1s no problem based upon
the calibration to one constituent.  However, Draeger tubes are
not available for all volatile constituents of concern.  They are
also slightly wore difficult to use, 1n that the Investigator
should carry around Draeger tubes for each of the potential
constituents or vapor classes of concern at tht site.  Still,
they should be considered extremely portable.

3.   Monitorin|Statlons with Tenax Tubes

     In some situations, tht Investigator may find It necessary
to Instill a stationary monitoring station for waking more quan-
titative determinations of air releases at a site.  This air
monitoring will involve the use of Tenax tubes to collect organic
constituents* and subsequent laboratory analysis of thes*
constituents with a 8C/HS,  This sampling technique will seldom
be ntctssary during the RFA, primarily due to its technical
difficulty, and because the simpler techniques described here
will generally provide sufficiently useful results.

     The Investigator should consult with qualified professionals
familiar with the use of air monitoring devices, when h«/sbf
believes that more quantitative evidence of a release will be
necessary in the RFA,


IV.  MAKINS RELEASE DETERMINATIONS

     The final task in the RFA process is to make determinations
of release potential throughout the facility and to make recommen-
dations  for further action to address these potential releases.
This section summarizes information that the Investigator  should
consider when making release determinations In the air pathway.

     Chapter Four presents the general procedure to be followed
when making release determinations during the RFA.  This involves;

     o   Evaluating sampling results from the SV;

     o   Integrating facility Information gathered 1n  the PR  and
         the VSl;

     o   Determining the likelihood of release at the  facility;  and

     o   Making recommendations concerning the need for  further
         1nvestlgatlons.
                               7-18

-------
     The Investigator should rely upon  his/her  best  professional
Judgment when making release determinations  1n  the  air  pathway.
In order to make a release determination,  the  Investigator will
probably have to demonstrate that a unit  of  concern  contains
constituents that have i potential  for  vapor-phase  or participate
release.  In most cases, this Information  on constituent  release
potential along with some Indirect  evidence  of  release  (e.g.,
odors, observed partlculate releases,  facility-wide  sampling
data) will prov* sufficient to make an  adequate release determin-
ation.  However, in certain cases,  It  will  be  necessary to obtain
existing or new direct evidence of  release  that links constituents
identified through sampling with constituents  In the unit.

     Exhibit 7-5 1s a checklist that should  help the investigator
evaluate specific factors to identify  air  releases.   In identifying
releases, the investigator should consider types of  Information
presented In Exhibit 1-1, which are highlighted In  the  checklist.
                               7-19

-------
                         EXHIBIT  7-S

                  CHECKLIST FOR AIR RELEASES
o  Unit Characteristics

      Is tht unit operating and does  1t expo.s wastes  to the
      atmosphere?

      Does the surface area of tht unit create create  a potential
      for air release?


o  Does the unit contain waste that exhibits a potential for
   vapor phase release?

      Does the unit contain hazardous constituents of  concern as
      vapor releases?


o  Does the unit contain waste and exhibit site conditions that
   suggest a potential for partlculate release?

      Does the unit contain hazardous constituents of  concern as
      partlculate releases?

      Do constituents of concern as partlculate releases (e.g.,
      smaller, Inhalable partlculates) have potential  for release
      via wind erosion, rttntralnmtnt by moving vehicles, or
      operational activities?


o  Evidence of A1r Release

      Is there direct evidence of release from the unit (t.g.,
      air sampling data; observed partlculate releases)?

      Is there Indirect evidence of release from the unit (e.g.,
      evidence of contamination around the facility that may have
      resulted from an air release; OSHA monitoring data; citizen
      compliant* regarding health problems, odors, or observed
      partlculate releases)?
                             7-20

-------
                          CHAPTER  EIGHT

                          SUBSURFACE  GAS


I.   INTRODUCTION

A.   Purpose

     This chapter provides technical  Information  to support  the
investigation of releases of subsurface  ges  during  the  RFA,
While Chapters Two, Three, and Four provide  general guidance on
conducting RFAs, this chapter focuses on  specific factors  unique
to subsurface gas releases that should be conslderd by  the 1nves
tigator.

B.

     In the RFJt Investigators should determine whether releases
of subsurface gas have occurred at a  facility.   In  general,  EPA's
primary concern Is to determine whether  there are gas releases
that could reach explosive levels  1n  on-slte or off*s1te buildings.
Therefore, the primary constituent of concern 1n  the subsurface
gas investigation 1s methane, due  to  Its  explosive  properties and
frequency of detection In subsurface  gis.

     As with other media, the Investigations that m*y be required
1n an RFI to determine the nature  and extent of subsurface pas
releases will be very resource Intensive for both the owner/operator
and for the Agency.  Therefore, the Investigator  should also
identify 1n the RFA those units/facilities that do not  require
further Investigation for subsurface  gas  releases,

     This chapter has been organized  to reflect the separate
phases of the RFA process:

     o  Making a preliminary assessment of subsurface gas
        releases 1n the  PR;
     o  Obtaining evidence 1n a VSI;
     o  Collecting additional sampling information 1n a SV; and
     o  Making release determinations.

     The first section describes the technical  factors  that should
be considered during the  PR and VSI.   The second section describes
the technical approach to obtaining additional  sampling Information
in the SV for subsurface  gts releases, and should  bt consulted
along with Chapter Four  on general guidance to be  followed  In
conducting a  SV.  The final section discusses factors to consider
when making release determinations of subsurface gas releases.
This section  also presents options for further investigation of
subsurface gas releases  to be evaluated at the end of the RFA.

-------
II.  CONDUCTING A PRELIMINARY REVIEW AND VISUAL SITE
     INSPECTION OF SUBSURFACE GAS RELEASE POTENTIAL

     This section presents technical information related specif-
ically to subsurface gas releases to be considered when  conduct-
Ing the PR and VSI.  Accordingly, this section has been  organized
to reflect the primary goals of these steps  In the RFA:

     o  Identifying and describing potential  threats  from
        subsurface gas at RCRA facilities; and

     o  Making a preliminary assessment of the need for  and
        extent of sampling required.

     This section presents technical information specific to this
pathway covering the five types of information described in
Exhibit 1-1, ,-nd technical information to help the investigator
determine when additional sampling will be necessary  1n  a SV .0
identify subsurface gas releases.  The section discusses these
six types of information separately:

     (1)  Unit characteristics;

     (2)  Waste characteristics;

     (3)  Pollutant migration pathways;

     (4)  Evidence of release;

     (5)  Potential receptors; and

     {6)  Determining the need for additional  sampling
          Information.

     This information will be relevant to the  evaluation of
written documents In the PR and Information  gathered  In  a VSI,

A.   Unit Characteristics

     The design and operating characteristics  of a unit  will
determine to a great extent Its potential for  releasing  methane.
The investigator should evaluate the unit characteristics of each
SWMU or group of SWMUs at a facility to determine their  potential
for contributing to the generation and release of methane in
subsurface gases.

     The general potential for subsurface gas  releases from a
SWMU depends, to a great extent, upon the nature and  function of
the unit.  The investigator should assess each unit based upon:

     o  An understanding of the overall potential of  the unit
        to cause subsurface gas releases;
                               8-2

-------
        An understanding of the primary mechanisms by which
        rt1i$$ii may occur from the unit; and

        An tsstisme-nt of unlt~spedf1c factors which, singularly
        Of 1ft combination with tach other, Indicate the relative
        liktHhood of subsurface gas releases from the unit*

         Investigator should first consider the relative potential
of tht yfjlt to release*  Exhibit 8-1 presents a generalized  rank-
Ing, 1ft royjh descending order, of the different types of SWMUs and
thtlr ovtrtM pot»ntlal for causing subsurface gas releases, and
a listing $f tht most common mechanisms by which these releases
can oeeyf trow tach unit type.

     It should be understood that Exhibit 8-1 provides only  a
tri«o**ttleal sense-of the relative potential of these units to cause
release**  Uftit»sp*c1f1c factors should be evaluated In determining
whtthtr furthtr Investigations are needed for a particular unit.

     Only two typts of solid waste management units are of
canctrn in tht subsurface gas Investigation dut to their poten-
tial for generating mtthine or othtr subsurface gases of concern.
fhist units Include active and closed landfills and units that
nave betn closed as landfills.  Each 1s described more fully
btlow;

     Q  ii-ft|f:1]1s*  landfills are the most Hktly SWMUs to
        fwtFaft**subsurface gasei rtsultlfig 1n i release.  The
        underground dtposltlon of decomposible refuse with or
        without hazardous constituents provides a large source
        of gas an4 a driving force that can carry other gtses
        vtr>t1«fl to tht atmosphere and/or migrating horizontally
        as a subsurface gas.  Closing landfills with Impermeable
        caps without venting systems retards the release of these
        landfill gases as surface emissions.   In these Instances,
        a large percentage of those gases migrate laterally
        through soils along confining barriers such as ground
        water tablet, clay layers, synthetic liners, and compacted
        covers.  This migration coulid cause significant accumula-
        tions of potentially explosive gas 1n  facility structures
        or in buildings off-site.

     o  Unl t s	 c.1.0 sad a i 1 a n d f 11 |s .  Inactive SWMUs that have been
        clostd as fandTllls may generate subsurface gases.  These
        sites Include closed surface impoundments or waste  pl'.es
        containing decomposable or volatile wastes with 1n-place
        Impermeable covers.  Similar to  landfills* gases generated
        1n sites closed as landfills may migrate literally, pos-
        sibly causing significant  accumulations.  However,  closed
        surface impoundments and  waste piles generally contain
        small quantities of decomposable and volatile wastes and
        are at shallow depths.  Thus, significant gas migration
        and subsequent subsurface  gas releases are less likely
        for these units than for  landfills.
                                   8*3

-------
                           EXHIBIT 8-1

                UNIT POTENTIAL FOR SUBSURFACE GAS
                RELEASES AND MECHANISMS OF RELEASE
Unit Type

Closed Landfills
o Lateral migration of methane beneath
  landfill  cap to on-site OP off-site
  structures.

o Migration of methane through conduits
  to on-s1te or off-site structures.
Active Landfills
o Lateral migration of methane beneath
  landfill cap to on-site or off-site
  structures
Closed Water Piles
o Lateral migration of methane beneath
  landfill cap to on-s1te or off-site
  structures.
Closed Surface
  Impoundments
o Lateral migration of methane beneath
  landfill cap to on-sitt or off-site
  structures.
                               8-4

-------
     Other SNMUs are unlikely to have subsurface  gas  releases
because gases generated 1n the units are more likely  to  vent  to
the atmosphere than to concentrate 1n the unsaturated soil.
Barriers (e«g«t paving, compaction» or installation of covers  for
closure), can permit some lateral migration  to occur  from these
units,  Sentrally, however, this lateral migration w111  be Halted
to the extent of the barrier.  Shallow SWMUs will  also have  a
lower potential for releasing methane, since availability of
oxygen will interfere with the anaerobic conditions supporting
methane generation.

     Although depth 1s ono of several considerations  for deter-
mining th« potential for releases, the type  of SuMU establishes
potential migration pathways and the waste characteristics create
the driving force for subsurface gas movement.  Exhibits 8-2  and
8-3 Illustrate some potential pathways from  a few types of SWMUs.
The Investigator should consider the characteristics  presented
here when evaluating the likelihood of a SWMU to  release methane.

•3.   Mais t eiu Characte r 1sties

     The Investigator should attempt to Identify  the wastes
originally contained within a SWMU or group  of SWMUs during the
PR, 1n order to determine their potential for generating methane.
The investigation for methane is different than Investigations
for releases to the other media discussed in this guidance, 1n
that the constituent of concern 1n this chapter is generated  1n
the unit, rather than merely a waste present from a treatment,
storage, or disposal activity.  Therefore, the investigator
should determine whether wastes conducive to the  generation of
methane are present in SWMUs at the facility*

     Anaerobic decomposition of organic wastes generates large
volumes of methane gas under the proper conditions*  When methane
is generated in SWMUs, tht potential exists for it to accumulate
under pressure and to migrate from the unit, thereby posing a
significant risk of explosion.  The methane may also be mixed
with other volatile hazardous constituents present in the unit,
and may Increase the potential hazard associated  with the accumu-
lated gas.

     Conventional solid waste refuse and biological  sludges
are the primary waste type of concern for generating methane gas,
The volume of gas produced In the unit depends upon  both the
quantity and types of refuse present.   Units may either contain
primarily  refuse or a mixture of  refuse and hazardous wastes.
Units where refuse has been  codlsposed with hazardous wastes may
pose the most serious threat, because of the potential  for other
volatile hazardous wastes to be mixed with the methane*

     Higher volumes of methane will  be  generated at  units con-
taining larger quantities of  refuse.  The volume of  gas  generated
also depends upon the age of  the  unit and how long the  waste has
been in the unit.  Methane generation will  Increase  slowly after
waste emplacement to a maximum neneratlon rate which  will slowly
decline as the waste decomposes!  The active  lifetime for methane

                               8-5

-------
  I    O
 90   M
      *



2    Q


**    <
l*J    Of
      cu
      X
      1*1




     (9  >
    ae
    a

    CD
                                !».«-'-- «   - I-—
                             ;   f  - •C^S->*2''S
                                t.l^...*-'*"^ ,  —-  ,, •"»
                                                      8-6

-------
      VI
                          vr
• *   '««
 t   «p
                                      -
                                    *
»   u.
                                  a
                                  S
—   o
OS   •—
•—   »»
z   <
«   IK
<*»   «a


    UJ


    Ul
    (9
                   1
                                        8-7

-------
generation from units closed as landfills  depends  primarily upon
the amount of precipitation Infiltrating  Into  the  waste.   Land-
fills 1n the arid Southwest will  generally produce methane for
20-30 years, while landfills 1n the humid  Southeast may  only
generate methane for 4-5 years after waste emplacement.   Landfills
with higher moisture content provide a more suitable environment
for bacterial degradation.

     The temperature of waste at  the time  of emplacement  can also
affect the methane generation rate.  Wastes placed 1n landfills
1n the winter at temperatures below 10° C  may  not  generate methane
for up to 5 years, even In climates with  warm  summers, due to the
Insulating properties of the waste*  The  waste can remain at tem-
peratures low enough to effectively Inhibit bacterial decomposition
for several years.  The types of  refuse disposed 1n the  unit can
also affect the rate of methane generation.  Descriptions of the
two types of refuse that can generate methane  and  a brief discus-
sion of other wastes that may mix with methane follow:

     o  Rapid Decomposable Refuse.  Rapid  decomposable wastes
        will produce methane at high rates under the proper
        conditions.  These wastes Include organic  sludges from
        wastewater treatment facilities,  food  wates, garden
        wastes, and other vegetable matter (e.g.,  grass  clippings,
        tree trimmings, etc.).  The high  concentration of readily
        degradable organic compounds 1n these  wastes provides in
        ideal energy source for the anaerobic  organisms  that
        produce methane.

     o  Slow Decomposable Refuse.  Slow decomposable* will not
        produ c e the1 mmed1 ate high volumes of  methane possible
        with the rapid decomposable*.  However, they will produce
        methane at lower rates In the unit over a  longer period
        of time, and thus also pose a substantial  threat.  Slow
        decomposable^ Include paper, cardboard, wood, leather,
        some textiles, and several other assorted  organic ma-
        terials.  Slow decomposables are commonly  a large percen-
        tage of municipal refuse, and should be present In large
        quantities 1f the SWMUs contain municipal  refuse.

     o  Other Wastes of Concern.   Volatile organic wastes disposed
        in the unit of concern for subsurface gas  releases way
        volatilize into the pockets of methane gas produced by
        refuse decomposition and Increase the haiard associated
        with the gas.  This situation could occur where liquids
        such as solvents have been disposed of In landfills or
        waste piles 1n high concentrations.  These compounds are
        not likely to migrate from the unit unless methane 1s
        present to act as a carrier.  However, certain volatile
        compounds would be likely to form mixtures with methane
        where wastes are codlsposed.  The volatile wastes and
        waste constituents of concern for subsurface gases are
        the same as those that have the potential   for air
        releases.  These are listed 1n Exhibit 7-2.
                               8-8

-------
C,   Pollutant Migration Pathways

     The  investigator should evaluate any  available information
pertaining to tht hydrogeologlc characteristics  of  a  facility
1n order  to determine the pollutant migration  pathways  associated
with subsurface gas releases during the  PR.  As  stated  previously,
methane can accumulate under pressure within certain  types  of
units, and then migrate from that unit through  the  subsurface  due
to the force of this pressure.

     Certain natural conditions and engineered  structures can  act
as barriers that Impede the migration or conduits that  promote
the migration of subsurface gas.  For example,  venting  systems
can prevent subsurface gas migration, while  underground utility
lines can promote migration.  We describe  below several factors
that can  affect the migration of subsurface  gas;

     (1)   Natural barriers and conduits; and

     (2)   Engineered barriers and conduits*

1.   N a t u r a 1B a r r 1 e r i aji d Conduits

     Gas  migration can be Impeded by various  geologic barriers.
A soil's  effective porosity and permeability  are perhaps the most
Important natural barriers to gas migration.   Porosity  1s a
function  of soil type, moisture content, and  weathering*  Permea-
bility 1s determined by soil type.  Tight, uniform solid such  as
clays, at least to the depth of the unit, are  good barriers.
Sandy soil will likely encourage venting of  gas to the  atmosphere,
thus preventing horizontal migration.  Climatic conditions such
as precipitation or freezing can also affect  gas migration*  Both
factors tend to reduce the porosity of surface soils preventing
upward 
-------
Z.    Engineered Barriers  and Conduits

     Some facilities m«y  have engineered  structures  which  either
Intentionally or unintentionally Impede  the  migration  of  subsurface
gas.  Engineered barriers Include;

     o  Synthetic liners  that effectively contain  wastes;
     o  Slurry walls that border landfill  units;  and
     o  Gas control  or venting systems.

The Investigator should review documents  on  the design and opera-
tion of thtse systems and Inspect the  systems  to  confirm  that
they are functioning properly.  Subsurface gas control systems
are almost exclusively associated with  disposal sites  for
municipal-type waste rather than for hazardous waste.   These
systems are probably only present at hazardous waste facilities
where municipal waste 1s  codlsposed with  hazardous waste  or where
a sanitary landfill  1s operating at the  same sltt.

     Gas migration from SWMUs may be facilitated  by man-made
structures located within the facility or near the property
boundary.  Examples  of engineered structures which may act as
conduits Include:

     o  Underground  power transmission lines;
     o  Sewer and drainage pipes; and
     o  Underground  telephone cables.

     Bases migrating from a SWMU may enter the gravel-backfilled
trenches surrounding these structures and travel  great distances
to buildings or other engineered structures, resulting 1n a
potential hazard.   It may be useful to Inspect the facility blue-
prints and check with utilities to the extent  that these  tasks
were not completed during the PR or VSI 1n order to ensure that
no structures are present that could Increase  the likelihood of
gas migration to on- and off-site receptors.

D,   Evidence of Release

     The Investigator should examine any available sources of
Information to  Identify evidence that subsurface gas has  migrated
from a facility.  Most evidence of subsurface  gas releases will
usually be limited  to official reports of explosions  at or near
the facility.   In some cases, there may be sampling Information
taken  from vents placed near the units Indicating the presence of
methane 1n a unit.  Under most circumstances,  the Investigator
should assume that  units containing methane will pose a threat
for migration and potential explosion.

E.   E xposure P o t e n 11 aj

     The Investigator should evaluate available Information on
the location, number, and characteristics, of  buildings that
could  be affected by subsurface gas releases  at the facility*  As
stated at  the  beginning  of  this chapter,  the  RFA  will  focus


                                8-10

-------
primarily on the potential  for methane to migrate  to on-slte  and
off-site buildings.  Typically, methane can  migrate  up  to 1000
feet from Its source, although 1t could travel  further  under  Ideal
conditions.

     Potential  receptor Information will  be  used primarily to
help the Investigator determine the netd for Immediate  corrective
measures at the facility 1n order to alleviate  potentially high
risks of explosion attributable to methane migration.   In general,
Immediate actions may be necessary when the  Investigator encounters
buildings with  exploslmeter readings above 2§£  of  the  LEL (lower
explosive limit).  The Investigator should Identify  those structures
that may be located close enough to a source of methane to warrant
further Investigation, and 1n some cases, sampling.

F.   Determining the Need for Additional Sampling  1n the SV

     If the Investigator determines, based on his  Inspection  of
the unit, that  there 1s a significant potential for  the unit  to
generate methane, and that the site geologic and bydrogeolog(c
conditions may  promote migration,'he/she may choose  to sample to
determine conclusively whether methane has been released.  We
discuss 1n this section:

     (1)  General Information on factors to  consider 1n determining
          the need for additional sampling Information;

     (2)  Factors to consider 1n selecting sampling  parameters;  and

     (3)  An example to Illustrate this discussion*

1.   General Information en Determining theNetd for Strnpiloj

     The following 11st presents several situations  In which  the
Investigator may find it useful to obtain additional sampling
Information during a SV:

     o  To Identify explosive levels of methane 1n  structures;  to
        Identify the need for emergency action;

     o  To confirm adequate operation of a landfill  gas  venting
        system;

     o  To Identify the presence of  refuse 1n  units with  unknown
        waste composition; and

     o  To confirm the presence of toxic constituents mixed with
        subsurface gas.

     The Investigator should  use best  professional  judgment  1n
determining when a SWMU may be  a  source of subsurface gases.
When he/she believes that a unit contained decomposable  wastes,
and believes that  the site conditions  could  facilitate methane
                                8-11

-------
migration, 1t may be appropriate to sample for methane at appro-
priate locations*  These are described in detail  1n Section
ill of this chapter.

2,   Selection of Sampling Parameters

     As stated previously, methane will  be the primary constituent
of concern for Investigations of subsurface gas releases.  There-
fore, the Investigator will usually sample for methane when
Identifying releases.

     However, under certain unusual situations (e.g., units where
large quantities of refuse were codlsposed with hazardous wastes),
1t may bt necessary to Identify the presence of other potentially
hazardous constituents in subsurface gas*  In these cases, the
potential constituents of concern will the same as those Identi-
fied as potential constituents of concern for air releases*  The
Investigator should refer to Chapter Seven §f this document for
guidance on Identifying and sampling these constituents of concern.

3.   Example

     An Illustration of a situation 1n which sampling would be
called for follows: An eltctroplatlng facility previously dis-
posed some of Its electroplating sludges along with refuse gen-
erated at the facility 1n a medium-sized landfill  (2 acres).  The
company closed the landfill five years before the RCRA Investi-
gator began conducting the RFA.  They closed the landfill by
installing a clay cap with a vegetative cover.

     The Investigator found records of the past use of the land-
fill during the  PR, and recognized a potential methane generation
problem.  After  requesting a facility diagram from the owner/oper-
ator, the Investigator discovered a telephone line running from
off the facility boundary, underneath and adjacent to tht landfill,
towards one of the facility structures.  The Investigator recog-
nized the underground telephone line to be a potential conduit
for any methane  migrating from the closed landfill.

     Because the telephone line entered a facility structure, the
Investigator would decide to take explosltneter readings within
the structure of concern.  However, because  the absence of methane
In the facility  structure does not necessarily prove the absence
of methane, the  Investigator also decides to take  several  soil
gas measurements around the perimeter of the landfill, 1n order
to Identify the  presence  of methane at the unit boundary.


III. COLLECTING  ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION IN THE SV

     This section presents technical  Information  related  specific-
ally to subsurface gas  releases to be considered  when collecting
additional sampling  Information 1n the SV.   The  Information
presented here should be  used to help the Investigator meet one
of the primary goals of the SV;


                               8-12

-------
     o  To collect additional  sampling  Information  to  fill  data
        gaps  Identified  1n  the PA,  leading  towards  final  release
        determinations.

     For each sampling  method  discussed,  this  section  describes:
1} the general  kinds of  situations  1n which  1t  will  be appropriate
to employ a specific technique, 2)  technical  Information  on how
to conduct the  sampling, and 3) specific  details  to be considered
when evaluating the sampling results.   This  section does  not
provide the actual SOPs  on  the sampling techniques  here.   However,
1t references the relevant  manuals.

     The choice of appropriate sampling methods will have a large
Impact on the cost and  usefulness of the  SV.   The Investigator
should be confident when developing and reviewing the  sampling
plan that the procedures chosen will meet the  needs of the RFA,
while not resulting 1n  the  collection  of  unnecessary data.

     One example of a sampling technique  that  will  be  appropriate
for Identifying subsurface  gas releases during the  RFA 1s the
combustible gas meter (explosimeter) measurement.  Considerations
on how to use this device and  on evaluating Its results follow
below.

I.   Combust1b1e fias Met er

     Methane field monitoring  can be performed with combustible  gas
meters 1n buildings, sewers, or 1n the  soil.  A combustible gas
meter will provide a reliable determination of combustible gas
concentrations.   It will not Indicate whether or not the combust-
ible gas detected 1s actually methane: gas, although. If the waste
in the unit could generate  methane, It  1s likely that  the meter
1s detecting methane.  Any significant gas reading {whether 1t  1s
methane or not) Is of concern.

     Combustible  gas meters usually Indicate the percentage of
the lower explosive limit  (LEL) of  the atmosphere being monitored.
The LEL Indicates the lowest concentration of methane In air
which could result 1n combustion, or 1n sever® cases,  an explosion.
EPA guidelines under CERCLA consider 25% of the LEL to be an
action threshold; the Investigator  should evacuate Immediately
when readings higher than  257.  of the LEL are obtained.

     Reported experience Indicates  0 to 100 percent of tht  lower
explosive limit detection  to be accurate with hotwire catalytic
combustion principal Instruments.   However, many users prefer
Instruments with  the capability of  determining both the  0  to 100
percent LEL and the percent methane present when the  concentra-
tion exceeds 100  percent LEL  (I.e., 5  percent methane).   Dual
scale Instruments are available for this application.  Typically,
the 0 to  100 percent gas scale  uses a  thermal  conductivity  sensor.

     The  carbon dioxide  1n  landfill-generated  gas  1s  reported to
Interfere with the  thermal   conductivity sensor, so  the Investigator
should  not assume that  readings above  100 percent  LEL  are  accurate.


                                8-13

-------
Some of the single scale 0 to 100 percent  LEL Instruments  can
also be fitted with air dilution tubes or  valves  to allow  readings
of the percent gas when the concentration  1s  above the lilt
Irstructlons on the use and calibration of these  Instruments
should be obtained from the manufacturer.

     Monitoring 1n a facility structure (e.g., buildings,  sewers,
existing monitoring wells, gas vents)  should  normally be done
after the building has been closed overnight  or for a weekend.
and when the soil  surface has been wet or  frozen  for seven!
days.  Monitoring  or sampling should be done  1n confined areas
where gas may accumulate, such as basements,  crawl spaces, near
floor cracks, attics, around subsurface utility connections, and
in untrapped drain lines.

     Soil gas monitoring can be performed  to  Identify the  potential
for methane releases at a unit.  The Investigator will normally
drill shallow wells of a minimal diameter  (2") and Insert  the
monitoring device  1n the hole.  There  will be some time delay
due to the slow movement of gas through the soils and Into the
wel 1 .


IV.  MAKINS SUBSURFACE GAS RELEASE DETERMINATIONS

     The final task In the RFA 1s to make  release determinations
and recommendations concerning the need for further Investigation
(e.g., an RFI).  While subsurface gas  problems may not occur at
a  large number of facilities, where they are encountered, they
may pose extremely hlfh risks to the Investigator tnd facility
employees.

     Exhibit 8-4 1s a checklist that should help  the  Investigator
evaluate specific factors to  Identify subsurface  gas  releases, or
to  Identify sites that have a high potential  for  gas  release and
gas migration to on-slte or off-site buildings*   In Identifying
releases,  the Investigator should consider the series of  factors
described  1n the chapter and highlighted  1n the checklist to
determine  the potential for release.  Tht primary factors Include:
whether or not the unit contains waste that generates methane, and
the po'jntlal for migration through the subsurface.
                                    8-14

-------
                           Exhibit  8-4

              Checklist  for Subsurface  Gas  Releases




1.   Potential  for Subsurface Gas  Releases


    o   Does the unit contain «raste  that generates  methane or
       generates volatile constituents  that may be carried by
       methane (e»g.» decomposable  refuse/volatile organic wastes)?


    o   Is the  unit an active or closed  landfill or a unit closed
       as a landfill (e.g., surface Impoundments and waste piles}?


2,   Migration  of Subsurface Gas to  On-s1te  or Off-site Buildings


    o   Are on-s1te or off-site buildings cloie to  the unit?


    o   Do natural or engineered barriers prevent gas migration
       from the unit to on-s1t:< or  off-site buildings (t.§«, low
       soil permeability and porosity hydrogeologle barrtars/lIners,
       slurry  walls, gas control  systems)?


    o   Do natural site characteristics or man-made structures
       |e.g.»  underground power transmission lines, sewer pipes/
       sand and gravel lenses) facilitate gas migration from the
       unit to buildings?


3,   Evidence of Release


    o   Does sampling data Indicate  a release of concern?
                               8-15

-------
                           CHAPTER  NINE

                              SOILS
I.    INTRODUCTION
     This chapter provides technical  Information to support the
Investigation of releases to soils during the RFA.   While
Chapters Two, Three, and Four provide general guidance on conduc-
ting RFAs, this chapter focuses on specific factors unique to the
soil medium that should be considered by tht Investigator.

     This chapter has been organized  to reflect the separate
phases of the RFA process:

     o  Conducting a preliminary review of Information on soil
        releases;
     o  Conducting a visual inspection of tht facility;
     o  Collecting additional sampling Information  in the SV; and
     o  Making release determinations.

     The first section describes the  technical factors that
should be considered during the PR and VSI.  The second section
describes the technical approach to obtaining additional stapling
information In the SV for soils, and  should be consulted along
with Chapter Four on conducting a SV.  The final section discusses
factors to consider when making final release determinations to
soils at the end of tht RFA.

     It should bi understood that,J^,1s not the objective of an
RFA to identify all areas of contaminated sjil at a facility, and
to  require further Investigaitan for all contaminated soil areas.
Investigators should focus on Identifying soil contamination
which, through direct contact uf humans or other potential
receptprs, or by leaching or otherwise migrating to otht»* media
such as ground water or surface water, poses a threat to human
health and the environment.  Not all  soil contamination poses
such rfsks; Investigators should only focus on areas of soil
contamination which clearly have the potential for causing serious
environmental problems,

B.   SiCjope

     During the RFA, the  Investigator should evaluate the  likeli-
hood that the facility has  releases  to soils which pose a  threat
to  human health and the environment.  While  in most cases  this
will relate to contamination from specific units,  there may  be
situations where other  sources  of soil contamination may  be
Impacting human health  and  the  environment.

-------
II.  CONOUCTINS A PRELIMINARY REVIEW AND VISUAL
     SITE INSPECTION OF RELEASES TO SOILS

     This section presents technical Information related  specifi-
cally to the soil medium to be considered when  conducting the  PR
and VSI.  Accordingly, this section has been organized  to reflect
the primary goals of these processes described  In Chapters Two
and Three;

     o  Identifying and describing potential releases to  soils at
        RCRA facilities; and

     o  Making a preliminary assessment of the  need for and ex-
        tent of sampling required.

     This section presents technical details on each of the five
types of Information described In Exhibit 1-1:

     (1)  Unit characteristics;

     (2)  Waste characteristics;

     (3)  Pollutant migration pathways;
                                \
     (4)  Evidence of release; and

     (5)  Exposure potential.

In 80d1t1on» technical Information  1s provided  to help the Inves-
tigator determine when additional sampling will be necessary 1n a
SV to Identify soil releases.  Each area 1s discussed separately.

A.   Unit Ch aracter1st 1 cs

     A unit's design and operating  characteristics of a SMWU will
determine to a great extent Its potential for releasing hazardous
constituents to soils.  Many treatment, storage, and disposal
units are designed to prevent releases to the envlronment.  The
Investigator should evaluate the characteristics of each  SWWU or
group of SWMUs at a facility to determine their potential for
releasing hazardous constltyents to soils.

     As with other media, tht likelihood that a SWMU hjs contam-
inated soils 1s largely dependent on the nature and function of
the unit. Therefore, each SWMU or grouping of similar units
should be evaluated for Its potential to release constituents
that may contaminate surrounding soils. The unit evaluation
should be based upon:

     o  An understanding of the  Inherent design characteristics
        and features that might cause the unit to have a release
        to surrounding soils;
                               9-2

-------
                           EXHIBIT 9-1
            RANKING OF UNIT POTENTIAL FOR  SOIL RELEASE
                    AND MECHANISMS OF RELEASE
     Unit Type
Surface Impoundment
Landfill
Waste Pile
Land Treatment Unit
Container Storage
Area
Abo¥e-ground Tank
In-ground Tank
Incinerator
Class I and IV
Injection Well
             Release Mechanism
o Releases from overtopping
o Seepage
o Migration of run-off outside the unit's
  run-off collection and containment system
o Migration of spills and other releases
  outside the containment area from
  loading and unloading operations
o Seepage through dikes to surrounding
  soils
o Migration of run-off outsldt the unit's
  run-off collection and containment system
o Migration of spills and other releases
  outside the containment area from
  loading and unloading operations
o Migration of run-off outside the
  containment area
o Migration of run-off outside the
  containment area
o Releases from overflow
o Leaks through tank shell
o Spills from coupling/uncoupling
  operations
o Releases from overflow
o Spills from coupling/uncoupling
  operations
o Spills or other releases from waste
  handling/preparation activities
o Spills due to mechanical failure
o Spills from waste handling  opera-
  tions at the well head
*  The two remaining solid waste management units; waste transfer
   stations, and wasta recycling operations generally have mechanisms
   of release similar to tanks.
                               9-3

-------
     o  An understanding of the primary mechanisms  by  which  the
        releases way occur from the unit and  the  potential  for
        this release.

     When assessing the likelihood of releases  to soils  from a
unit, the Investigator should Initially consider  the relative
potential of the unit for a release.  For example,  an  above-ground
tank located directly on soil has a greater  potential  for  a
release than does the same tank raised two feet above  a  cement
pad with adequate curbing.  Exhibit 9-1 presents  a  generalized
ranking of the different types of SWMUs and  their potential  for
having releases that contaminate surrounding  soils.  Exhibit 9-1
also lists the mechanism for release associated with each  unit
type.
     The major unit-specific factors the Investigator  should
evaluate are discussed below.

1.   Unlt deslgn

     The design factors of the unit, Including  Its  capacity and
dimensions, can Indicate the potential for a  soil release.   For
example, an undersized above-ground tank will be more  susceptible
to overtopping than an adequately sized unit.

     Features designed to reduce or eliminate release  should also
be considered. Some features are better able  to eliminate  releases
than others.  A triple-lined landfill with a  leachatt  collection
system will be less prone to subsurface releases than  a  single
clay-lined surface Impoundment.

2.   Operational history

     The Investigator should evaluate the unit's operational
history for Information which Indicates that a  release may have
occurred. Operational factors that may Influence the potential
for a release Include;

     o  The length of service life of the un1t» Older units will
        have a greater potential for a release, particularly due
        to failure of liners or control equipment than newer units*

     o  Operational status  (Active,  Inactive, closed)

     o  Operational procedures such  as proper maintenance,  regular
        Inspections and records,  A  well maintained unit has less
        likelihood of leaks, spills  or equipment failure.

3,   Physical Condition of  Unit

     During the VSI,  Investigator should examine the units  for
evidence of releases  ^r characteristics that could  cause releases.
For example, when examining  a surface  Impoundment,  he/she should
determine whether the earthen dikes  are structurally sound  and
capable of preventing releases.  Cracks, slumping,  or seeps
                               9-4

-------
around the toe In the dike may show evidence that  the unit's
condition may cause releases to the surrounding soils.

B.   Waste Character1s t1cs

     The Investigator should attempt to Identify the wastes
originally contained within a SWMU or group of SHMUS during  the
PR.  In the RFA,  the Investigator should try to connect Informa-
tion on waste types, unit characteristics! and evidence of soil
contamination to demonstrate the likelihood that specific SWMUs
or groups of SWMUs have released constituents to the soils*   This
section describes technical factors to consider when Identifying
waste characteristics relevant to soil releases*  It also discusses
physical/chemical properties that affect the release potential
of wastes and their subsequent transport 1n soils.

     Information on wastes Is usually available In Part A permit
applications. Inspection reports, and facility operating records
reviewed during the PR.  The investigator should compile specific
Information on waste characteristics 1n order to assess not  enly
the potential for a release to soils, but also to Identify the
chemical form that the hazardous constituent might take In the
soil environment, and to determine 1f a contaminant found 1n a
soil release can be expected to migrate to other media.

     Constituents tend to migrate 1n different forms and it  dif-
ferent rates 1n the soil medium, depending upon their properties.
Some Appendix VIII constituents are Insoluble 1n water and bind
tightly to soil particles, thus minimizing their migration poten-
tial*  Therefore, 1t Is Important to evaluate a waste's mobility
1n order to determine Its potential for dispersion 1n soils  and
Its tendency for transfer to other media*  Releases of organlcs
may behave very differently than metals 1n the soil environment.

     Hazardous metals and Inorganics  (e.g., arsenic and cyanide)
may be relatively mobile*  Other Inorganics and metals (e.g.,
lead) are less mobile depending upon the pH of the wastes, and
the llgands available *n soil for complex formation.

     The mobility of organic constituents can be expressed
quantitatively by the sorptlon equilibrium constant  (Kd),  The
value of KH depends upon the organic content of the soil and the
constituent-specific soil adsorption coefficient  (Koc)»

     The Investigator will seldom have access to  Information en
organic content of soils at a facility; Instead 1t will be more
useful to estimate the relative mobility of a constituent as
expressed by Koc.  Koc values have been calculated for only a
small stt of hazardous constituents; however, the octanol-water
coefficient as expressed by  (Kow), can be used as an Indicator of
Kd.  Appendix E presents Koc and log(Kow) values  for most consti-
tuents of concern.  Because these values are log  values, chemicals
with Kow values of more than two can  be considered  relatively
immobile.  Values less than one are considered  to be mobile.
                               9-5

-------
     The volatility and blodegradabll1ty of constituents can  also
be Important 1n Identifying whether contaminated soil  can act as
a transfer medium.  For example* highly volatile components  of a
past release may no longer be present  for detection 1n i sampling
program.  Readily biodegradable components also may not be present,
although certain degradation products  may Indicate that a release
has occurred.
C.   PoVIutant Migration Pathways
     The Investigator should evaluate during the PR available
information pertaining to potential soil  migration pathways at a
facility.  Contaminated soils can transfer chemicals to ground
water by leaching, to surface water by contaminating run-off, and
to air by the suspension of contaminated  particulars*   This
Information will play a major role 1n Identifying the potential
for Intermedia transfer of releases during the PR,

     The Identification of migration pathways associated with
soil releases will be most Important when the soil 1s being
evaluated as a transfer medium.  Basic to any evaluation of
pathways for soils 1s the assessment of site geology, soil  type,
and climate.  This evaluation relies on standard Information
usually available during the PR for each  site,  The primary
climatic effect that should be determined 1s tht annual rainfall.
Sites located 1n regions with high annual or seasonal precipitation        '<
will have a greater potential for releases to spread through the
soil or to tht other aqueous media.  Conversely, very arid regions
may be susceptible to wind-borne distribution of contaminated
soil particulates .                                                         •
                                                                           t
     The Investigator should evaluate the site's topography and            j
look for low lying areas where spills may collect.  He/she should          {
also estimate the proximity of the unit 1n question to surface
water, particularly locations within flood plains.                         j

     The underlying geology of a site should be determined 1n              j
order to evaluate the potential of soils to transfer contaminants          !
to that medium.  Soil characteristics that are to be evaluated             I
are dependent upon underlying geology.                                     !

     The determination of site-specific soil characteristics will          ?
be useful when determining the Impact of a potential soil  release.
Soils are characterized by particle size, ranging from large sand
particles, to silt, to the small clay colloids.   Loams are soils
where these particles are found 1n various percentages.  Releases
will be distributed through sandy soils more readily than  through
clays.  Clays usually have an associated attraction for certain
chemicals since they are weakly Ionized.

     The organic content of soils will also affect  their ability
to bind or blodegrade certain chemical releases.  This Informa-
tion Is available for most sites from USGS or State Soil Conserv-
ation Service soil maps.  Interpretive data are usually available
                               9-6

-------
along with the map.  General  Information Mill  often be Included
on the depth of a soil  layer,

0,   Evidence of a Release

     During tht PR, the Investigator should examine available
sources of Information  to Identify evidence that constituents*
have been released to soils at a facility.  The Investigator
should evaluate both direct and Indirect evidence of release
during the PR,  Chapter Two outlines general considerations on
looking for evidence of releases.

     The VSI Is particularly useful for Identifying releases to
soils.  Stressed vegetation can Indicate the likelihood of a soil
release.  Direct evidence of soil releases Includes:

     o  Evidence of olllness or slick on soils; and

     o  Discoloration from background soil color.

     Direct evidence of a release may also Include official
reports of prior release Incidents, such as a major tank leak
onto the ground.   Indirect evidence of a release to soils may be
provided by ground-water monitoring data that show contamination.
When the Investigator Identifies Indirect evidence of this type,
it may be possible to determine the source of the release by
evaluating the pollutant/soil migration pathways and the waste
characteristics at the facility.  Soil sampling data may exist at
some facilities, although this will not be likely, since there
are no requirements for soil monitoring.

     There are likely to be Instances of soil contamination that
cannot be linked directly to units at a facility.  Areas that
were used to handle wastes 1n the past but are now unused may
have contaminated  soil.

E,   E xPOsure Potential

     The Investigator should evaluate available Information on
the location, number, and characteristics of potential receptors
that could be affected by releases to soils at the facility.
These receptors Include human populations, animal populations
(particularly any  endangered or  protected species), and sensitive
envlronments*

     While 1t 1s not within the  scope of the RFA to estimate  the
risk associated with a release to soils, 1t Is Important to Iden-
tify any potential for direct exposure to the release.   Informa-
tion on the potential for direct exposure Include:

     o  The security of the facility.   Is access to the site
        prevented  by adequate fencing or barriers?
                                9-7

-------
     o  Tht projtlmtty of the unit/facility to children, specifi-
        cally to schools and play grounds.

     If the migration of chemicals from soil  releases to other
media has been Identified* the sections 1n this Guidance on
releases to those media should be refered to  In order to determine
exposure potential to constituents released and transfered to
other media.

     The Investigator should evaluate the severity of the release
to soils along with the potential for direct  exposure*  If recep-
tors are currently b®1ng exposed to highly contaminated soils or
have a high potential for being exposed, the  Investigator- should
consider recommending Immediate corrective measures to limit
access and direct exposure.

F.   Determining the Need for Additional Samp!1ng

     The Investigator may not be able to determine whether a
release to soils from the unit has occurred,  slnct existing data
may be unavailable or Insufficient*  In cases where historical
Information and visual observations are not adequate to determine
1f a release from a unit to soil has occurred of 1s likely to
have occurred, he/she should consider whether additional sampling
and analysis would help make a determination.  In this section,
we present:                                                                i

     (1)  General Information on factors to consider 1n deter-             ;
          mining the need for additional sampling Information;

     (2)  Factors to consider 1n selecting sampling parameters;

     (3)  An example to Illustrate this discussion.                        j

1.   Gene ra 1 Inf orjnait 1 on p_n_ Determl n 1 ng the Need for Samp1Ing       .       i

     Soil sampling during the SV will generally be confined to             I
surface soils or  to  shallow coring using hand equipment*   Because
of the relative ease 1n obtaining soil  samples, 1rt some cases,             !
soil sampling may be used to obtain Information on releases to             I
ground water where existing wells may not be adequate and  new              I
well placement  1s beyond the scope of the RFA,                             j

     The following are situations where soil  sampling data could
be useful ;

     o  Visual  examination  reveals an area at a facility where
        unspecified  wastes were  applied  1n liquid  form  for several
        years.  Facility 1s situated on sandy soils with  rapidly
        moving  ground water, with nearby  drinking  water wells
        located apparently  downgradlent.   Sampling data would
        reveal  presence of  and  types of constituents  1n the  soil,
        which If  positive could  trigger additional ground  water
        Investigations.
                                9-8

-------
     o  Ground-water data downgradient from an  above-ground  tank
        Indicates contamination from Its  wastes.   No record  of
        a spill  exists and the unit appears structurally sound,
        however, the observed contamination should have migrated
        to the ground-water through the soils.

     o  Drainage patterns show that runoff from a landfill  tends
        to collect 1n a low lying area. Constituents expected to
        be released sorb to soils and contamination of the  run*
        off can  be verified.

2.   Sel ect.1 Qip^of	Sampjjfnj Parramete_rs

     Knowledge of the wastes that may be potentially released from
a unit Is the starting point when Identifying sampling parameters.
However, many SWMUs have Incomplete or no data  on the wastes
deposited over time.  When little 1s known of the wastes managed
in the unit, 8C/MS scans for volatHes, add extractablts or
base/neutrals become a good starting point when selecting param-
eters for analysis 1n soils.

     Metals are  also of concern under RCRA.  If a waste source 1s
hazardous dut to EP Toxldty, the metals of concern are a smaller
subset: arsenic, barium, cadmium, lead, mercury, selenium,  and
silver.  The following metals precipitate readily under many
naturally occurring conditions and may be detected 1n soil  anal-
ysis: cadmium, lead, nickel and zinc.

     The volatile 6C/MS scan Identifies chemicals that are charac-
teristic of solvents and lighter petroleum products.  Because
they are volatile, they can evaporate from soil releases Into the
air.  Evidence of these chemicals may be difficult to obtain 1n
older releases.

     The acid extractables (I.e., phenols) may be present 1n
heavier petroleum feed stocks and certain Industrial processes
(e.g. pentachlorophenol from wood preserving).  Phenol and the
mono-halogenated phenols blodegrade 1n a soil environment.
Pentachlorophenol 1s very persistent.

     Base/neutral compounds can often be found 1n wastes from
Industries such  as the plastics and synthetic fibers manufacturers
The pesticide scan Identifies pesticides that are found  1n pesti-
cide wastes and products from the agrlchemlcal  Industry.

     All monitoring data should be coordinated with the  unit
specific Information available on the potential for constituents
to be released to soils and the Investigator's professional
judgment.
                               9-9

-------
III. CQLLICTINfi ADDITIONAL SAMPLINi INFORMATION  IN  THE  SV

     This section presents technical  Information  related specifi-
cally to the soils medium to be considered  when  collecting  addi-
tional  sampling Information 1n the SV,   Accordingly,  the Informa-
tion presented here should be used to help  the Investigator meet
one of the primary goals of the SV:

     o  To collect additional sampling Information  to fill  data
        gaps Identified In the PR and VSI.

     For eacfc sampling method discussed, this section describes;
1) general situations where 1t Is appropriate to  employ a  specific
technique* 2) technical Information on how  to conduct the  sampling,
and 3) specific details to be considered when evaluating the
sampling results*  This section does  not provide  the  actual SOPs
on the sampling techniques.  However, 1t references relevant
manuals.
                                                            large
     The choice of appropriate  sampling methods  will  have  a  lai
Impact on the cost and  usefulness  of the SV,   The  Investigator
should be confident when developing and reviewing  the sampling
                         chosen will meet the  objectives of  the
                         1n the collection of  unnecessary  data.
                         at surface, shallow depths,  and special
                         are warranted.
plan that the procedures
RFA, while not resulting
We discuss soil sampling
cases where deep samples
A.   General Information on Selecting Sampling locations

     The Investigator should use best professional Judgment 1n
determining appropriate locations for soil sampling.  During the
visual site Inspection, pertinent topographic features should be
located.  These features Include drainage patterns, fill areas,
eroslonal and deposltlonals areas.  Any surface run off, seeps,
springs and the proximity to surface water and wet areas should
also be noted.  Releases from a unit will seek the lowest area.
Such low spots may be deposltlonal areas for any released chemicals
and would be the best location to start any subsequent sampling.
Topographic maps are helpful.  Strategically locating the sampling
areas should minimize the number of samples necessary a i the
effort for their collection.

     After Identifying the areas designated for soil sampling,
the exact location of the sample area and the specific sample
location should be recorded on a site map.  Soil sampling will be
generally completed by using surface samples and hand equipment.
Surface soil sampling should be conducted 1n deposltlonal areas
since these areas tend to have higher concentrations of released
constituents.  This Is valuable for the screening  function of the
RFA, but these levels are not Indicative of the overall area
conditions.  The extent of a release will be determined under the
RFI.
                                9-10

-------
     The d«pth of the sample (e.g., surface, one foot below
surface) should be recorded 1n a field log book.  When Identify-
ing metal constituents from a release, 1t may be Important to
consider soil  type since many have natural background levels of
certain heavy metals.

B.   Sampling Methodology and Evaluation of Results

     Soil sampling will usually be done using hand equipment such
as stainless steel spoons, scoops, shovels* hand auger and small
diameter push tubes*  This equipment 1s available for sampling at
shallow depths; however, when soil Is difficult to penetrate,
even shallow sampling may require power equipment such as augers.
Shelby sampling tubes or thin wall push tubes can be used by both
hand and power equipment.  Stainless steel components are recom-
mended for these tubes.  Soil samples are extruded from the tubes
for logging and for selective sampling,  T*e tubes can also be
capped and sent directly to the laboratory fur analysis.

     Surface sampling of soils can be done with a stainless steel
spoon or scoop.  Grass, leaves and other debris should be scraped
off the surface prior to sampling*  Shallow samples can be col-
lected by digging a hole with a shovel or post hole digger, then
removing all loose soil from the hole and sampling with a stain-
less steel spoon at the desired depth.  For densely packed soils
or deeper soil samples, a soil auger may be used.  The sample is
extruded and 100 to 200 grams of the sample 1s transftrtd to a
250 ml container.  A label 1s attached with required Information
and the de,>th of the sample, and Its location Is recorded in the
field logbook.

     Soil samples are collected in wide-mouth glass jars equipped
with Teflon-lined screw caps.  These samples require no preserva-
tion or refrigeration.  Tape the lid securely and mark with
collector's Initials.  Carefully pack the samples with the appro-
priate cha1n-of-custody forms.  Chapters  six and seven of the
"Revised Draft Protocol for  Ground-Water  Inspections at Hazardous
Waste Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facilities11 October 1985,
are a good reference for these soil sampling techniques.  Charac-
terization of Hazardous Waste Sites « A_ Methods Manual. Volume
II'. Ava'fTa"bTe Sampling~Methpds is  al so"~a  good reference for more
Ie"tal1 on soil sampling technlques.

      If  H is necessary to sample  soils at  depths greater than  18
Inches,  sampling with  power  equipment can be done*   It may  be
Important to  sample at lower depths when  the release  1s very
mobile and not of recent occurrence.  The Investigator may  suspect
that the release has moved several  feet below the surface and
that  surface  sampling  may  no  longer show  evidence of  the  release.
Split barrels or piston-type  samplers will  be most  useful 1n
these situations.   These methods are based  on ASTM  01586-67(1974),
"Method  for Penetration Test  and Split Barrel Sampling of Soils*,
and ASTM 01587-74,  Thin Walled  Tube Sampling of  Soils.
                                9-11

-------
     The sampling of soils at depths greater thin 4 feet can be
accomplished by the use of ttst pits and trenches.  The size of
the pits and trenches will vary, but should be large enough to
permit the entry of personnel, under strict safety requirements.
The excavation of tht pits Is performed most commonly by a back-
hoe.  Because of the equipment Invoked, sampling from a pit will
seldom be appropriate 1n the RFA, a  iough this method may bit
applied 1n certain circumstances when It 1s valuable to make £
visual 1n situ Inspection.  This technique may be applied 1n
situations where the Investigator suspects that the release may
be 1n pockets distributed both horizontally and vertically through-
out the soils, and may not be detected readily by sample borings.

     Once the pit or trench has been opened. It should be stabil-
ized by sloping the walls or by the use of shoring material.
Sampling then occurs at designated spots by using scoops, shovels
or hand augers.  All pertinent Information on pit location and
sample location within the pit should be recorded 1n the field
logbook.  Photographs are a valuable aid when Identifying the
exact location of a sample within a pit or other subsurface
visual evidence of contamination*

     The exact depth and construction of a test pit should be
designed by a field geologist or soils scientist.  Sufficient
space on site should be maintained for placement of removed
material.  After sampling, backfill material should be returned
to the pit under the direction of the field geologist or soils
sclentlst.


IV.  MAKING A RELEASE OfTERMINATION

     The final task 1n the RFA 1s to make determinations of release
potential throughout the  facility and to make recommendations for
further action to address potential releases.  This section
summarizes Information that the  Investigator sh Mid consider when
making release determinations for the soils meoi..

     Chapter Four presents the general procedure to be followed
when making release determinations at the end fo the RFA.  This
involves:

     o  Evaluating  sampling results from  the SV;

     o   Integrating facility  Information  gathered 1n the PR,
         VSI, and SV to determine the likelihood  of  release at  the
        facility; and

     o  Making final  recommendations concerning  the need for
        further  Investigations.

     The Investigator should  rely upon his/her  best professional
Judgment and available  Information when making  determinations  as
to whether or not contaminated  soils pose  a  potential  or actual
                                9-12

-------
threat to human health and the environment.   Further  Investigations
should be required 1f It 1s determined that  exposure  of receptors
1s occurring or 1s likely to occur through direct contact  with
contaminated soils, or 1f there 1s a likelihood that  contaminated
soils are causing contamination of ground water or other huimn
health or environmental  problems.

     Exhibit 9»2 1s a checklist that should  help the  Investigator
evaluate specific factors to Identify releases to soils and  to
determine the effect on human health and the environment.  When
Identifying releases, the Investigator should consider the series
of characteristics described 1n the chapter  and highlighted  1n
the cheek list that determine the potential  for releases to  soil
from units of concern.  These characteristics Include;  the  unit
type (e.g., above ground tank), the unit's containment systems
(e.g., liners), and the unit's design capacity.  Also, factors
such as the unit's age, condition, the quality of Its operating
procedures, and whether or not the unit has  a record  of compliance
problems may Indicate the potential for a release*
                               9-13

-------
                           EXHIBIT 9-2
                 CHECKLIST FOR RELEASES TO SOILS

Identifying Releases
Potential for Soil Releases from theUnlt
o  Unit type and design
   - Does th* unit type (e.g., landbased) Indicate the potential
     for release?
   - Does tht unit have engineered structures {e.g., liners,
     proper construction material) designed to prevent releases?
o  Unit operation
   - Does the unit's age (e.g., old unit) or operating status
     (e.g., Inactive) Indicate the potential for release?
   - Does the unit have poor operating procedures that Increase
     the potential for a release?
o  Physical condition
   • Does the unit's physical condition Indicate the potential
     for release  (e.g., lack of structural Integrity)?
o  Site characteristics that affect the ability for soil to act
   as a transfer media
   - Is the soli  particle slie large  (e.g.* sand) such that the
     migration of releases through the soil can readily occur?
   - Is the soil high 1n organic material that may either bind or
     blodegrade certain chemical releases?
   - Is the soil  layer shallow (e.g.,  less than six feet)?
   - Is high annual  rainfall characteristic of this climate?
       Is the unit located near a body  of water  (e.g.. In flood
      plain)?
       Is runon and  runoff from the unit controlled?
                               9-14

-------
        APPENDIX A




SAMPLE RFA REPORT OUTLINE

-------
                                APPENDIX A
                        SAMPLE RfA REPORT OUTLINE

I.   Conducttog the Preliminary Review

     A.   Facility Haste Generation and Manufacturing Process Description
     B.   General Background on Environmental Setting
     C.   Location* and Characteristics of SWMUs and Other Potential
          Areas of Concern
          1«   Facility Map Identifying SWMUs and Potential Araaa of Concern
          2.   SWMU Information (for each SWMU or location of concern)
               a.   Unit Characteristics
               b.   Waste Characteristics
               c.   Pollutant Migration Pathways
               d*   Evidence of Release
               e«   Exposure Potential
     D.   Identifying Data Gaps and the Need Cor Additional Owner/Operator
          Information

II.  Conducting the Visual Site Inspection

     A.   Description of VSI Activities and Observations
     B.   Update SVMU Information Baaed Upon VSI Results
     C.   Conclusions and Recommendations for Further Action at Each
          SWMU/Location
          1.   Ho Further Action
          2m   Conducting a Sampling Visit
          3.   Conducting a RCRA Facility Investigation
          4*   Implementing Inter!* Measures
                                                                    x
III. Conducting the Sampling Visit

     A.   General Description of Sampling Objective*
     B*   Sampling Plan for SV
     C.   Results of Sampling Visit
     D.   Conclusions and Final RFA Recommendations  for Further Action at
          Each SWMU/Location

APPEHBICES

     A.   Visual Site Inspection Logbook
     B.   Photographic Documentation of VSI
     C    Sampling Visit Logbook
     D.   Photographic Documentation of SV
     I.   Sampling Visit Safety Plan

-------
     APPENDIX B




INFORMATION SOURCES

-------
                            RFA INFORMATION SOURCES


This appendix provides details on th« many source* of information whcih may be
useful during the RFA, particularly the preliminary review.  Most of these sources
will be readily available to Regional/State staff.  This section provides a brief
description of the contents of each source and information on how to obtain them*


I•   RCflA Sources	».	   B-1

     1.  Permit Applications	   B-l
     2.  RSI 13 Submission (SWMU Response).**	   8-1
     3.  Compliance Inspection Reports/Information from
         Enforcement Orders	   B-2
     4.  Exposure Information Report..**..»..»...»...«	*»	   B-2
     5,  Other RCRA Sources	*.*	.*...*...*.....   B-2


II.  CERCLA Sources	...*.	   B-2

     1.  CERCLA PA/SI Reports	   8-2
     2.  HRS Documentation	   B-3
     3.  CERCLA RI/FS Studie	   8-4
     4.  CERCLA 103(C) Notifications	   B-4


III. Other Federal Environmental Program Sources	....	   B-4

     1.  NFDES Permits and Permit Applications.	*	   B-4
     2.  Clean Air Act Permits and Permit Applications	..,...«».   B-4
     3.  TSCA/OSHA Inspections	...	   B-5
     4.  Department of Defense Installation  Restoration
         Program (IRP) Reports	   B-5


IV.  Other Miscellaneous  Sources	......<,..*....   B-5

     1 *  Aerial Photography*».	.*.»*......*	   B-5
     2.  State/Local Well Permits.	   B-6
     3.  U.S, Geological  Survey and State Rydrogeologic  Maps	   B-6
     4.  U.S. Soil Conservation Service Soil Haps....*..*..*..,*..	   B-7
     5,  GEMS (Graphical  Exposure Modeling System)	   B-7
     6.  Municipal /County /City Public Health Agencies	   B-7
     7.  State/County Road Commissions	   B-7
     8.  Utilities.	„	   B-8
     9.  Local Airports/Weather Bureaus..*.,**..*.	   B-8
     10. Naturalists/Environmental Organizations.......	*...»»..   B-8
     11. Employees	   B-8
     12. Col leges/Universities	<»...    B-8
     13. Interviews With  Local Residents	«	    B-8
     14. Standard Reference  Texts..	   B-9

-------
                            UFA INKIRKATION SOURCES
I.   RCRA Sources

     I*  Partait Applications

     ?-.rt A notifications and Part B applications for permits contain a sizable
amount of information on the facility design and physical characteriseica of the
surround Ing ar««.  This Information will sometimes apply to both unregulated
releases fron ragulat«d units and releases froo unregulated ("old") units, and
should prove invaluable at many facilities in assessing the potential for old
units to contaminate ground eater.  If the facility it seeking only an above-
ground storage facility permit, however, the permit application data may not
provide nueh Information useful in evaluating an "old" landfill.

     Part B application* may not characterize the lower aquifers if they are not
connected to the uppermost aquifer*  If the application data are Inadequate to
properly assess the Impacts to ground water, the information may need to be
developed through other source* discussed later*

     In addition to relevant data on the facility as a whole, the permit applica-
tion also providea Information that can be used to evaluate the potential for
unregulated releases from regulated units, specifically surface water and air
releases.  Moat of the pertinent data/relate to the design and maintenance of the
unit will be contained in the application*  Part B permit applications for land
dispoeal facilities will alto provide Information on whether actual releases
have occurred*

     It la important to evaluate well placement when reviewing ground water
monitoring data for regulated units.  In some cases the location of existing
monitoring wells may make it difficult to determine if contamination reaulta
from the regulated unit, an unregulated unit, or both.  Review of  the analytical
data must be coupled with data on well location and ground water flow to posi-
tively identify the source of the observed release*

     The Regional offices and/or the State offices will have copies of the
permit application* for the facilities within their Jursidlction.

     2.  RSI 13 Submission (SWMU Response)

     The data  submitted in response to the Reauthorication Statutory  Interpreta-
tion (RSI 13), dated February 5,  1985 froa Jack W.  McGraw, should provide  infor-
mation on the  type and location of SwMUa, and information  on the quantities  and
types of wastes disposed in the SWMU*.  These submissions, however, may  be  incom-
plete or Inaccurate, and should not be relied upon solely  to Identify and charac-
terize SWMUa.  In many cases, the owner/operator  was unclear which units to
consider SUHUs, and the historical information  on wastes diapoaed  in  them may not
have been readily available to the owner/operator*

     The SWWU  response will be Available  to  Regional  RCRA  personnel.
                                       1-1

-------
     3»  C«mpii«occ Inspection Reports/Information from Enforcement Orders
     Compliance Inspection Reports are available for most RCRA facilities.              :
Tha»« reports contain useful information on alta management practices,  monitor-
ing data, and unit conditions and should help in identifying problem units and
release* for possible sampling.  Comprehensive monitoring evaluations (CME's),
which evaluate fround water monitoring systems at the facility, may provide an          j
indication of whether prior releaae* have occurred at the facility,  frequent        ,  {
violations of operating standards nay indicate prior releases.  Sons RCRA in-           j
•peetlon reports will contain detailed information on the management practices
at the facility, auggeating the wastes most likely to be found on site.

     Bnforcaaent actions at facilities way result in enforeesMtnt orders*  Re-
port i of these actions say provide useful information on releases at a site.
In oany cases, the Investigator taay be able to obtain information on unregulated
units from results of investigations required in enfortament actions*

     These reporta will usually be leapt on file in Regional and State offices
with Jurisdiction over the facility.

     4.  B«pos!]?e Information Report

     The 1984 Hazardous and Solid Waat« Amendments require owner/operators to
submit an exposure information report (EIR) to describe the likelihood of expo-
sure resulting from watte disposal activities*  Only facilities seeking operat-
ing permits for landfills and surface impoundments are required to "submit ins.

     Elfts will be available at Regional /State offices for facilities within  their
Jurisdiction*

     5,  Other RCRA Sources

     Several additional RCRA aources may provide useful information during the
RFA.  These sources will all be on file at the Region/State office for facili-
ties within their Jurisdiction.

     o  Biennial report
     o  Operating log
     o  RCRA waste manifest
     o  Notice to local authority
     o  ACL requests


II.  CERCLA, Sources

     1.  CZRCLA PA/SI Reports

     Almost IS percent of  the  iaclllties seeking RCRA Part  B permits have re-
ceived CERCLA inspections.  Ttwt site Inspection  reports  for these facilities
can provide a considerable amount of information on  facility and  unit  design
and management, waste characterisation, and  pollutant dispersal pathways,
particularly for SWMUs and Inactive units.   They may also have limited Informa-
tion about target populations.  The exact  amount of  information provided in
each report will depend on the amount  of  information available at the  time the
report was completed.


                                       B-2

-------
     Th* ttRCLA SI rtport 1» Ukaly to provide »«i» information for the follow
inn «t«forl««J

     o  Facility deaign/aaaagenent praeticaa
        —  Uating of SWOT operations, facility layout!
        <—  Diacuecioa of condition* of Want if lad SWtUej and
        —  Detiign epaclficatlona for SWMUe (when available).

     o  Waste eh»?«eterii£iea
        —  Typa and quantity of waste received to the extent known

     o  Pollutant iltperaal pathways
        —  Analytical data on "observed ralaaaaa" from tho facility;
        —  Geology, topography, hydrogeology, climate of tha area (if unit could
            ba releasing to ground watar)}
        —  Cliouitic data (a.«. practpitation, wind data); and
        ~»  Facility topography at it ralataa to aurfaca drainaga pattarna.

     o  Rtcapto? charactari»tlc.»
        —  Sisa and characterlitica of naarby populationa and aanaitiva anviron-
            Mnts potaa£lally aipoaad through air, aisrfaca watar, and ground
            watar routaa.

     In addition to raviawlng tha final SI raport, tha paraon conducting tha RCRA
preliminary aaaaaawunt ahould alao **Mminm tha CERCLA alt« fila*  fhaat fllaa
contain supplemantary infotnatlon uaad to avaluata tha tit* undar CBRCLA.  Thase
fiia* include »uch it*na aa:

     o  Fiald log book for tha SI
     Q  frip raporta for the SI
     o  Record a of comunleation
     o  MiacaUanaooa hiatorieal data/ raport a

     Except for tha firat iten, tha axact contanta of tha fila will  vary d«pand-
Ing upon the typa of inforaation available and tha data  collaction procaduraa
used at tha tiaa of tha CERCLA SI,

     Tha CERCLA FA/SI reports will ba on fila in  eh* Supcrfund diviaion of
Raglonal/Stata offices with Jurisdiction over tha facility*

     2,  HitS; Docuaantation

     Sow*  aub««t of tha altaa that have undergone CiRCLA PA/SIa  have bean acored
ualng tha  Haiafd Ranking Syataa  *   Inforaation on  target  populations and
aeniitlve  environments ahould ba available  for each of  tha routes  scored.  Tha
•oat frequently scored routaa are aurfaca watar and ground watar*   This  document
way identify potential location* of  concern for tha RFA, though it My not
ba coatpreh*naive.

     Tha Regional CERCLA progran office*  have copiaa of all  CERCLA RR§ reports
and file*.
                                       1-3

-------
                11/ftStudies.
     Again, some subset of th« sites that have been given an HRS *eor« will  have
been subject to a remedial investigation/feasibility study (RI/FS).  If eo,  thaaa
raporta will eharaetarize In great detail: alt, aurfaca water, ground water  and
aoil contamination, aa wall aa population* actually or potentially affected  by
thaaa ralaaaaa.

     Tha Regional CERCLA program offlet* hava coplaa of all CERCLA RX/FS raporta
and fllaa*

     4.  CBRCLAJtO^e) Notifications

     Some altaa nay hava Information available on waataa dlapoaed of at the
facility from a CERCLA 103(c) notification, which providaa information on all
reportabla quantities.  In the early stages of the CERCLA program, owners or
operators of waate management facilities and transporters ware required to
notify EPA of places where CERCLA hazardous substances had bean disposed. EPA
reviewed approximately 9000 notifications representing approximately 2000
sites, after accenting for redundant reporting.  If the facility filed a CERCLA
103(c) notification, and no other aource of information is available, this
source aay provide a record of past disposal operations, such aa Information on
types, locations and volumes of waate disposed*

     The reviewer should contact the Regional CERCLA coordinator to see if a
CERCLA 103(c) notification exlats for the facility*


III, Other Federal Environmental Program Sources

     1.  NPDES Permits and Permit Applications

     The National Pollutant Discharge Elimination Program (NPDES)  regulates  the
discharge of all pollutants into the waters of the United States.  Many RCRA
facilities also have NPDES peraits  for  their wastewater diachargea, and will
have submitted permit applications  and  usually received permits.   These permit
applications aay provide a large amount of detail on the types of  waste generated
at  the facility, and aome historical data on how these wastes were dlapoaed in
the past*

     The Investigator should contact the Raglonal or State NPDES office In order
to  obtain copies of pertinent pen .its and/or permit applications*

     2.  Clean Air Act Permits and  Permit Applications

     Some RCRA facilltiea will have air emissions requiring  stationary aource
controls under the Clean Air Act.   These permits and permit  application* may
provide uaeful Information on waste generation at the  facility*  The  baghouse
emission control dusts from some facilities  (e.g.,  secondary lead  smelting
facilities) are listed hazardous westes and must be disposed in accordance with
RCRA.  The Clean Air Act permits and permit  applications should be consulted  at
the appropriate facilities.

     The investigator should contact the  Regional/State  air  permitting office
for Information on permitting at these  facilities.


                                      B-4

-------
     S.  T8CA/08HA laapectiona

     The fwtte Substsness Control Act (TSCA) regulates tit* disposal of PCB« and
fCB equipment.  In some cases the responsibility for conducting TSCA inspections
i» merged with the HSRA inspection program*  In other eases, these inspection*
are eooduetttd by « different wnit within If A.  TSCA Inspection films may have
useful data OB how swell and where disposal and storage of FOB* has taken place
at a particular facility.

     The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) inspection reports
•ay identify the types of Materials handled by a facility and may also establish
whether the owner or operator has a history of violations*  Violation histories
can indicate a facility's propensity for releases that Bight be subject to cor-
rective action*

     For information on TSCA activities at a facility, the investigator should
contact the Regional toxic substances office*  For information on OSHA inspec-
tions, the investigator should contact!

     Occupational Safety ftnd Health Administration, Federal Agency Program*
     202-523-602?

     4.  3epartmeat of DefenaeInstallation	ReetorattonProgram {IRP) Report•

     The Department of Defense has been conducting «  corrective action program
at its facilities, entitled the  Installation Restoration Program (Iftf), for
approximately ten years.  This program was developed  to characterise and remed-
iate contamination st SOD facilities, and is similar  to the Superfund program.
The UP program is organised into four phases*  Phaee I, which is similar  to
the UFA; Phase II, which is similar  to a CERCU Remedial Investigationi Phase
III, which is similar to a CKRCLA Feasibility Study;  and Ftiase IV, which is the
dealgn/ccmatruct phase of the program.

     All OOD facilities should have  a completed Phase I report, which will be
very useful during the BFA at these  facilities.  Many of the  facilities    11
also have a completed Phase IX report, which will also be  of  great use during
the RFA.  Each branch of the armed forces has a separate office coordinating
their  IRf work.  The investigator should contact the  following offices in  order
to obtain copies of ZRP reportss

     o U.S. Air Force: Occupational and Environmental Health Laboratory  (01HL)
     o U.S. Army: U.S. Army Toxic and Hazardous Materials Agency (OSATHMA)
     o U.S. Navyt  Naval Facilities Engineering Command  (HavFEC)   .


IV.  Other Miscellaneous Source*

      1.  AerialPhotography

     Aerial photography, especially  historical aerial photography,  can be a
valuable  tool  in a prelimary assessment*   Historical aerial photography can
provide  the following  types  of  information;

     o  The  location of  past disposal  units;
     o  The  location of  releases;


                                       1-5

-------
     o  Evidence of existing or past; vegetation stress;
     o  Potential routes for contamination migration;
     o  Location and nuabers of target populations; and
     o  Land uses in eh* sr«a.

     A nuabar of 1CR& cites that wars evaluated under CERCLA have had both
historical and recent aerial survey analysis,  fhs WJIA reviewer should contact
his/her regional coordinator for aerial photography.  These coordinator! have
accetc through ORD/EMSL/LV to an index of sites that have had a«rial photo-
graphic analyse*.

     If an historical analysis and currant overflight do not axis*, tha>y can b*
requested through the regional coordinator*  BMSL has a computerized system
which accesaas the major sources of extensive aarial photography including
libraries, archives, and tha U.S. Geologic Survey.  BMSL can use this to ordar
copies of the photographs, analyze tha photographs for relevant features and
prepare a bound copy of th« analysis.  In most cases* historical aarial photo-
graphy will suffice for the purposes of tha RCRA RFA*

     The usefulness of current aarial photographs is oore Halted.  They nay ba
able to identify vestiges of old disposal practices, currant vegetation damage,
and surface drainage patterns.  Infrared photographs nay be useful in identify-
ing areas of strained vegetation,  they can also accurately locate target
populations*  However, much of this information nay ba readily aacartalnable
from a visual inspection of the facility*  Accordingly, requests for overflights
should be requested only when there are no other sources of the data*

     2.  State/local well permits

     Most states require wall drillers to obtain well installation permits.
This source, if available,  can provide tha •oat reliable information on tha
nusjbar of households using wall watar in a particular area.  These offices can
often identify tha aquifer  froa which individual wells draw and tha construction
of individual walls, including diameter.  This information can also help in
identifying tha closest downgradlent wells that have tha appropriate wall
construction characteristics for sampling.

     This information is usually kept on file  In stata environmental program
offices, or aay be found at county  public works departments,

     3»  O.S• Geologic  Survey andState HydrogeologicMaps

     Tha U.S. Geologic  Survey  (USGS) and stata geologic surveys aay have detailed
aaps characterizing the hydrogeology at locations  of RCRA  facilitiet.  Many of
these aaps will supplement  the ground-water  characterisation found in  Part  B
applications, and  for storage and treatment  facilities, aay provide  the most
available source of hydrogeologic information.

     the USGS also has  a sarlas  of  geological  atlases providing  data on geology
and soils.  These  maps  can  covar areas as small as one quadrangle  (a 7»5 minute
map), which is approximately 6 by 8 alias.   These  aaps  can also  provide data  on
soils and rock types underlying  facilities which may ba helpful  if data provided
by the applicant are incomplete  or  unavailable.  This aay  ba  especially useful
for evaluating larger facilities*
                                       B-6

-------
     U8CS hydrologlecl map* provide Information on ground wattr yield, soil
tranamlaalvlty and location of US08 well* (for monitoring water level*).  This
typs of aap may assist the reviewer la understanding etui relationship between
land based units *nd tenth Co ground water, location of ground water recharge
area*, prevailing regional flow, and ground water dl*continuities (if the owner
or ojsrstof IMS not already provid*d this typs of information).  Th*ss maps are
aleo available for arsas aa small at 7-1/2'«

     These MBS can be obtained by contacting th« local USGS office, or in th*
cate of state napa, th« local «£at* turvay offica*

     4.  P.S	Soil	Conaarva11on Servica So11 Map<

     UeS. D«parto«nt of Agricultura Soil Con«arvation Sarvics (SCS) offices owp
aoil typ«a and paraatbiliti** at a resolution extending down to 2 acre* in toa«§
eatt»*  Th»*« v«ps typically characterise aoll typ« to a depth of aix feet, and
the backup information uaad to develop these «ap* nay evaluate aolla Co greater
depth*.  This backup information la alao available through the local SCS.

     5.  GEMS (Graphical Expoeure Modeling Syateo)

     EPA has acc«aav through each of ch* regional offices, to a cotaputerixed
systea with th« capability to identify the number of individuals within a
specific radius of a facility*  This syatan la readily available and can provide
reliable information on populations potentially at risk froa air releases.
When coupled with data on ground use patterns, It can also quantify target
population* drinking ground water.

     6.  Municipal/County/City Publle Health Agencies

     Munlcipal/county/city public health ag«neiee or departauints can provide a
wealth of information on the type* of units located at a  particular facility
and the vaataa routinely received at the site.  Fir* marahalls can provide
information on the nature of any fires or  explo*ion« that have occurred at the
facility.  Information on incidents and ait* management prncticas can assist in
determining If any r«lea*«a have occurred  or are  likely to  lecur a* a result of
poor facility management.  These agencies  maintain their  record* and  files for
a  number of year* and often provide th* only other aourc* of  Information  on
"old" units.

     Even if  theae file* contain little information, employees who have worked
with the local agency or fire  department for a number  of  years,  oftan know a
lot about the site or whar* to obtain additional  information.

     7»  State/County Road Coramisitions

     Core samples of coil* and rock* underlying a proposed  road  are often
analyzed during  the engineering and planning  stage*  of road construction.
Records of  these  analyses  are  usually  retained and  available  through most
State/County  road coaaisaions.   This  information  can provide  useful data, where
none or  little are otherwise available,  to evaluate the potential  for contami-
nant*  to migrate  through  soils and  ground  water,  and possibly to determine
where  to sample.  This  source  will  not  be  ua*d  routinely during th* RFA.
                                       1-7

-------
     i.

     Dtilitiee may fee able co provide e*trem«ly reliable *nd up-to-date popula-
tion data,  ffcaj? can Identify th« number of households using public water aup-
pllee, both ground mot and surface water*  They can also identify the location
of public water wells end Intake*,  fills information la necessary not only to
determine th« affected population but may alao help identify possible locations
for sampling. It will not usually b« necessary to use this source during the If A.

     9*  Local	Airports/Weather Bureaus

2    These organisations maintain accurate historical records of the local ell*
•ate.  This information is essential In evaluating the potential and direction
that contaminants eould migrate through the air and the rate that contaminants
could migrate through the ground water and surface water routes.  Contaminants
can be expected to Migrate faster through the ground water in areas with higher
precipitation*  Wind dlraction(s) i* essential in identifying downwind targets
for air release*.  Temperature is essential to evaluate the propensity for
materials to volatilise*  The amount of rainfall, especially during peak periods,
can alao indicate the likelihood that contaminants will migrate overland to
surface water*

     10.  Na turalis t«/Environmental _0rganilatlona

     Local environmental groups can provide information on the presence and
location of wildlife and endangered species.  They oftan have access to indi-
viduals or information which can Identify the nesting grounds for animals.
They can alao identify any other sensitive environments,

     11*  Employees

     Employees at the facility, both currant and former, may be able to provide
information on facility design and management a* wall aa information on the
types of waste* received at the facility.  It may b» difficult to obtain owner
or operator permission to Interview current employees,  for former employee*,
it may be difficult to Identify a knowledgable and reliable individual.  Whan
interviewing former and current employees, the Investigator should be  aura  to
understand the employee'* motivation for providing the  information and should
find out why former employees no longer work at (he facility.

     12.  Colleges/Pnlveraitlet

     The biology departmenta of local colleges and universities may have  informa-
tion on the location of sensitive environments*  In some eases, graduate  student
reports and publications have carefully mapped the location of nesting grounds
and migratory pathways.  Such studies can  be valuable  in identifying  the  impact
of release* on target environmenta.  The geology or agriculture departments of
local colleges and universities may have information  characterizing  the  local
geology and hydrogeology.  This can Include maps of the area and  studies  evalu-
ating the permeabilities of soil*..
      13.   Interviews with  Local Residents

      Aa a last  resort,  local residents can be  a  source  of  information on a
 facility.  Sometimes,  long-term residents  know a considerable  amount  about the
                                       B-8

-------
klad of operation* cofldueted at a facility end the type and amount of waste
received at a facility.  In gen*ral, thi« source of Information should be
•voided to prevent any undue or premature alarm.

     14.  StandaH tof er«nc« T««tB

                    Chemical Fate and Tram port Information

I.  U.S. EPA, Water-Related Environmental Fata of 129 Priority Pollutanta,
    EPA-440M-79-029a&b, 1979.

2.  U.S. BPA, Aquatic Fate Process Data for Organic Priority Pollutant*.
    EPA-440/4-81-014, December 1982.

3.  W«««t» II.C*i wd., CRC Handbook of Ch«aii»try and Phyaieg. 6l»t «d.,
    CRG Pr««a,  1981.

4.  ICF, Inc..  T>raft. Suparfund Public Haalth Evaiuation Manualf Praparad
    for U.S. EPA, Office of Eanergeacy and RaaadialReaponna, Deeevbar 18,
    1985.
            Ground-W»t«r Hydrology and Monitoring Well Construction

 1.  Freeze, R. Allan, and John Cherry, Croundwater. Pr«ntie*-Hall, 1979.

 2.  U.S. EPA, Office of Waste Programs Enforcement, RCRA Cround-Watar
    Monitorinft Technical Enforcattant Guidance DocutMnt. Draft. Augijat. 1985,

 3.  Johnson Division, Croundvater and Wells. 2nd 4d*, 1986*


         Hazardous Waste Site Characterization, Sampling, and Analyiis

 1.  U.S. EPA, Environmental Monitoring Systems Laboratory, Character!gation
    of Hazardous Waste Sit«««A Method* Manual. Volume I-Sitalnvestigatione,
    Volume IIt Available Saapllng tet.hodit and Voluaa III. Available Laboratory
    Analytical ttethods,EPA76007»~e4yQ75t April 1985.

 2.  U.S. EPA, Office of Emergency and Remedial Response, Guidance  on
    Remedial  Investigations Under CERCLA. May  198S.

 3.  U.S. EPA,  Test Methode for  evaluating Solid Waste. Physical/Chemical
    Methods,  EPA SW-846, July  1982.

 4.  Standard  Methods for the Examination of Water  and Wastewater,  16th
    Ed., American  Public Health  Association,  1985.


                                 Personal Safety

 1.  American  Conference of  Governmental  Industrial Hyglenists,  Threshold
    Limit Values and Biological  Exposure Indices  for 1985-86.  1985,
                                       B-9

-------
2.  National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health/Occupational
    Safatf and Health Administration. NIOSH/03HA Pocket Guide to Chaaieal
    Eaattda, Q.S* Government Printing Offiea*

3.  U.S. EPAf Offiea of Soergency and Remedial Resoonse, Standard Oparat ing
    Safety Guid««. ldl«ont HJ» l§84.


                     Toxlcologtcal Properties of Chemicals

l»  Sax, Irving, «d., Dangeroua Propartig* of Industrial Material! , 6th «d.,
    Van Nloatrand Relnhold, 1934.

2.  National Institute of Occupational Stfety and Health, Raglgtry of Toxic
    Effects of Chaaical ......... Substances, U.S. Government Pri nt ing Of f lea , ( annual ) *

3.  Clayton, G.D. and F.B» Clayton t Patty 'B Indua trial Hygiene and Toxicology,
    3rd ed.,Vol«. l-3t Wiley Intarsctence,
4.  ICF, Inc., Draft, Super fund Public Health Evaluation Manual. Prepared for
    U.S. EPA, Office of Emergency and R«oedlal Response, December 18, 1985.
                                       3-10

-------
         APPENDIX C









SAMPLE LETTER OF REQUEST FOR




 OWNER/OPERATOR INFORMATION

-------
Dear Sirs:
     As we have discussed In our re-zenc telephone conversations , the
Plant has been selected by EPA as a subject for testing EFA's draft guidance,
RCRA ^FacJjLi^j|»«eg9aient Guidance.  The preliminary assessment (FA) la the
first phase in the process of determining whether solid waste management units
(SWMU's) are releasing hazardous constituents Co the environment and require
corrective action.

     After reviewing EPA files on the -_______ Plant, a list of questions
regarding additional information, has been developed.  It is anticipated that
the requested information exists In your files.  An attempt was made to keep
the requested information to a ninitauni in order to avoid lapacting your effort
in preparing the Part 8 application.

     The following information is requested:

1.  Provide elevations of all SWMU units and/or Identify chs  100-year floodplain
    for the entjjre facility property.

2.  Provide any available information (dates, quantities, mate rials, locations)
    on past spills in the production area.

3.  Spill tanks are shown on Figure B-l of ^_mia_m__ subatittal, but are not
    mentioned in the text.  Explain the purpose of the  tanks  and provide chemical
    information on the material stored in the tanks.  If this unit does not  fit
    the definition of a solid waste mar,af?am
-------
7.   For the Waste Recycling Operations (Unit 4),  provide  the following:

     1)   A «*p »hewing the location o* each recycling unit And associated
          atorage tank and piping.  The nap should be on a scale of one-inch
          equal to not more than 200 feet.

     ii)  An explanation of disposal and/or treatment of residues for each
          recycling unit.

8*   Provide the axact locations of the land farm areas and delineate boundaries
     where possible.  Clarify how many land farm areas have been used in the past.

9.   Provide Amy available Information on Che chemical composition of the sludge
     that has been applied to the land farms in the past.

10.  For the Storage tanks (Unit 8), provide the following:

     1)   A aay showing the location of each tank and associated piping.  The
          nap should be on a scale of one-Inch equal to not wore than 200 feet.
          A map combining the Waste Recycling Operations (Unit 4), as requested
          above, with the storage tanks is acceptable*

     ii)  For each tank, indicate if any secondary containment exists.  A 'yea"
          or "no** response will suffice.

     Hi) Describe the leak test performed, frequency and date of last test for
          each tank.

     iv)  For each tank identified as having been found to leak, provide any
          available information describing the approximate period of leakage
          and estimated volume of leaked wastes.

     v)   For the tanks identified which nay have been used  in the past for
          solid waste storage, indicate which tanks are underground, elevated
          or at surface level.

II.  Clarify how many landfills exist or have existed at  the facility*  Delineate
     boundaries of each landfill  (where possible).   If any other  landfills are
     identified, describe what materials were disposed of  In these landfills.

12.  Provide any available  Information  (dates, quantities, materials,  locations)
     on past spills at the  facility that were reported to  the National Response
     Center  (or the    ^^^   Depart»ant  of Health)  as required  under CERCLA.
                                       C~2

-------
                        APPENDIX B



             GUIDANCE OH 08TAIMISG  ACCESS  TO

              A RCRA FACILITY I? ACCESS  FOE

              A SITE IIWESTIGATtQN  IS DENIED
[SOURCE MATERIAL FROM:   U.S.E.P.A.  HAZARDOUS WASTE GROUND
 HATEI TASK FORCE,  "EEVISSD DEAFT PROTOCOL FOR 6ROU8D-WAT1R
 IHS?KH!iOMS AT HAZARDOUS WASTE TREATMENT, STORAGE AND
 DISPOSAL FACILITIES".  JUME 1985]

-------
                GUIDANCE 00 OBTAINING ACCESS TO A 1OU FACILITY
                  TO* A SITE INVESTIGATION IF ACCESS IS DENIED

If an investigator 1* d«ni«d access fco a facility co conduce * site Investigation,
th« following procedural itepa oust be followed.

                                                                              •
Upon Denial of Access

   1.   Upon denial of access, thoroughly document the event, noting tlae,
        date, and facility personnel encountered. *

   2.   A* It for reason of denial of access Co facility.

   3,   If ch« problem ta beyond the investigator 'a authority, augment that ch«
        owner/operator contact an attorney to obtain legal advice regarding
        his/her responsibility for providing facility access under Section 3007
        of
    &«    IE entry I* still denied, exit  fron the premises and document
         any observations aade pertaining to the denial, particularly any
         suspicion* of violations being  covered up.

    5.    Report all aspects of denial of entry to the U.S.  EPA  Office of
         Regional Counsel for appropriate action, which may include help
         in obtaining a search warrant.  **


 Sear c h_^tfs rrant^ Jaff^-* e jEiona_

 Conducting A *ita  Investigates under a  search warrant trill differ froa a  noraal
 inspection.  The following procedures should be complied with  In thtse
 situations:

 Development of a Search Warrant

    1.    An EPA Office  of Regional Counsel  attorney will assist Che investigator
         in the preparation of the documents  necessary  Co obtain a search  warrant
         and will arrange for a meeting  with  him/her and a  U.S. Attorney*   The
         investigator should bring a copy of  the appropriate draft warrant and
         affidavits to  the meeting.

    2.    The U.S. EPA  Office of Regional Counsel  attorney will infora Ch,s
         appropriate Headquarters Enforceeent attorney of  any denials of
         entry  and  send a copy of all  papers  filed to EPA Headquarters.

    3.    The attorney  will  then secure  the warrant and forward it ta the
         U.S.  Marshall  who will  issue  it to the owner/operator.
 *   Uoder no circuantances discuss potential penalties or do anything
     which saay be construed as threatening*

**   It should be stressed chat it is the policy of U.S.  EPA to  obtain a warrant
     only whets all other efforts to gain lawful entry have been  exhausted.
                                     0-1

-------
08* of * H«rt«BC to Gain Entry

   I.   the iovestigator should a«v«r attempt Co eaeke any forceful estcy of Che
        facility,

   2.   If eh«r* if * high probability chat entry will b« refused evta with a *
        warrant of vh*ra there are threat* of violence, Eh* investigator should
        b« aceoapaniad b* * U.S. Marshall,

    3.  tf *atry la refused to an investigator holding a warrant but not
        •ecoBpaniad by a U.S. Harshall, th« lnv«*tig*cor ahould  laavt the
        facility and infora the U.S. EPA Offlca of  Regional Counsai.

Use of a Warrant co Conduct the tnveatlgation

   1.   The lovasclgacion oust be conducted strictly  in accordance with tha
        warrant.   II ch« warrant restricts  tha  investigation  to  c*rtain ar*aa
        of ch«  premises or to certain records, choaa  reitrtction* «u*t be
        followed.

   2*   If sapling is author Izad, all standard  procedure*  •use  b*  cartful iy
        fallowed including presentation of  r«c«ipts Cor all Jaapl«s  taken.  The
        facility should also  b* informed of  its  eight Co  retain  a  portion  of
        the aaaplt? obtained  by the  investigator (split samples).

   3.   tf  record* o?  property  are authorized  to be taken,  tha inv«i:igator must
        provide receipts  Co  the owaer/oparator and wintain »n Inventory o£ all
               removed  fron th«  premises.
    4.    to accordance with eh* varrant,  th« inveatlgitor should take photograph*
         of all araas wh*r« violacionn  arc suspected.  Photographs should alto
         b« taken at each saapling location as a quality control procedure*

 For further guidance regarding denial  of facility access coosulc the national
 Enforcement Investigation Cancer. (303)  236-5100
                                         0-2

-------
                   APPENDIX E



             PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL

          PARAMETERS  FOR CONSTITUENTS

                   OF CONCERN
[THE ATTACHED HAS PREPARED BY ICF,  INC., FOR THE
 OFFICE OF EMERGENCY AMD REMEDIAL RESPONSE, EPA,
 AMD FOUND IN "DRAFT SUPERFUND HEALTH ASSESSMENT
 MANUAL", MAY 1985]

-------
                                                                               GSWE3  3
J »

m
«

s

a.
u
m
O
     =   S5*
ftS
c
  2  U
S

          *
         »li
         31 —«•
     3i   i'
                       - -  8
                                                   XX
                                                                  SSSS    S    »8SB
                                                                                                S S   O
               UU -s—» —
                 Sa
                 «£
                         u  u*


                         r  a»«
                                 ««*<
                                             a oa    * IV —
                   ;v«w*   .
                      —  5  \fl
                            *
                                      =
                                      •» a » a 9
                                        *  57
                         ssijs  sifr
                              C   1   II
                                                          =SS£  i^S"!
               •»MI\I>"   Cm  <••  J"  1"*
                                 a
               »«....»   W«  M>W  b

               <^@aO   89  ««  C
                                 r%  "•• «EF aa  w^fiji^sS'S?^*^^    »c:""*T*t™,('«™iHwr%    3 « ? W

                                 a  ass  aa-silsaaa  Ssaaaaaasa    iSSS  s
                                 *  * I I   1 »  I I » » I 4 » *  * I  I * * I * I • *    * • I *  |

                                                                         s  iillis^s;??   if «3  *

                                                                              	••' •• •• •»   s a' -a a*  «v
      ««U  U*  ««-<      Attfl   J^ M    « 5 .* *  niMi*i»»nfu4riA>*>  V*P..*>  »«• •• (Si — TV —  n       M    v
SSa'ssa  ea  assa    *s=5  aaaaaasas  ssiss  saasass  s       a    a
llll*  •***«  |*««|**  *        t    *
                                             P. — M  ««V — .*i»*."*^*««»»"!V'«»a*«-»"«».».'\.N^^'*4»n.
               «. —    ^    «wi    -.    ——    in,—  M,   «>^l\i|VMN N«»
                                              *^^°**^*!-;II:S£|:Sl!«f''l55I
                 _             _               4}4T «      j
               *««.i|p»*,i^"i  «—~.-.— (^no~^.i ie»rw^»*t
                ft.*j^cs-i2 —
                •^ i * s * — i iv. i i
                                                            />«»»'i t*9#>9± t i«i^««!<"-»ia«'»


                                               i  i i ts i rT~i3a™?»«"*""»i i •4».*«s~Ta —»
                 « -• rfi ^'w*»^"»i*M.^^'^nf*y^r"^'«^^rf^«^"^"rM'«(^s;pw*sa=jr
-------
                                                                 GIVES 3ir«cciv* 3;iS.-"l
i
&
|


&
U
IB
II

«d




i
        Is?
           M
        !1
          is
         >.-• *

         <• C I
      I   »_
      •*  h a «

      2  Is.
      _  >> i
   -  <   *
   **  U   •*

   s  i  h.ztr

   i  S  2=|

      u  *~i
       *   s
                   f*ma  f

                   SSS  9
                   ?li  §

                   !V«V-  #
                                  •J*
                                               SSSS   SXZSSS
                                                                      uuu
                                             ** •* pi «•»«*«-• «•*•«» a *»
                                ^aSSa^-
                                 fllll-
                                  sSs
                                                              p
                                                              1
                                    a
                                    n»
                                  • JPBJ
                                  *
                                * Ji-f »*S> 4C W JT < Bw^in^**  MJPknrtMJ)
                                Issi3>«3sissaaa  oSaas'al
                                 iiiii  it  11111  i«ii«ii
                                 UUf, 3 JV- —ft.,-5? **»»«" 3
                                 '
                                                                      «««•
                                                                      -5c
                                                                      »»*ift
                                                                             m   *
                                                                      uuu
                                                                                     -i  -»
                           a   a
                           i   *

                           S   1
                                                                                     »
                                                                                        ae
                                                                                        * *
                                                                      UUU   Stt USS1  <•!
sisiifi^7Siii p     =i?  c;
»* 3 N$ 3 **t I  1*1 i I I  i
            « i — i i  t i^ > » i i

            3 I i*
                                  i i  < o
                                           _
                                           ••Oil *•« i i  t
                                           ru - j»ga»»f — ^
                                           *""'*'
    A 1*1 i —•« i i t i « i /> I J%?Ai4 I i i i I i i i rv i » * i 1 C I *l« s s • e u"^ I if? * • 5 S a * I s xw-e « w '- "111 * .itiiil ii s i • si •* i B -S T .*» >> M— > ~ •> o a - — «~ •- a --oaa • -oaaae-aa arTS1* f •»«*«« JI«iJJ«j"»»« a — «!•»*»«*. a oiC»is«-*ia «-*•"»««» a — — -*— -* 0*1 — — »- i y « a^ atis- Slatl 9 •• i •* «* li-il aansa £-2

-------
f*

o\
^«


f
S
*
A
S
        i.J
        11
           M
         U **,
        *5i
     4     «tt


     I    .J

     w  <» 3 »

     5  |S|


     a    »-•—



 t\  '     «


 ii i    i.
 s5 i  ».-r

 ii 5  24|i
     u  asm
     i  it!
     I  *il
                    a -asszss   w:


                    a aommmmm   g«
                                          a   -
                                                                         sasssszsss
                                                      as
                                            — as
                                             T i
                                                 S 8

                                                 O O
                                                                         uo««t uuu yu-


                                                                          ?a"**»s = sas*
                                                                          *• R. •• 9 js.S f - -a f
             *;  . ,   .§* .^*«»»
             siaa  a-iv*
             — *        *•*
                                                  wu
                                           I* ,* •  I!  .  ~
                                           -  «*  o  e« «  a
                                                                                     N»
             * * «•»<*.'••* .* 3 < c * *<  .* —  «fv — 3»""    O# •••»
s  09  9  ea  e  a   ealesaaisa    la asa
i  * *  *  it  i  i   »i i i* * i «*»    ii **$


I  S^  -  If  2  I
             KSsS  SSsSSassasslaaSSssSl"


             3535  SSSSsS™~Ss=
                                     ?l f 15

                                     «? S; 2
              !V N*»
                                               S*« jtJi*
                        e p •"-

                        r. 1111
                                                                               1 I  I I I  I
                                                                                «*« a *
                                                                         u u « < y w -j u u


                                                                                «***£'"•*
                                                                                saiss
I  !!

I  ii
                                                              — O  ••* ••  •>iiv*i*
                                                              -=  -S %  a^o---
                                               E-3
                                                                            JCF

-------
       i.f
tut

1
I
I
        H
         :i|

         '*** 9

         Mi
• ->  u

"*"* £3  £

!i  |


     i-

    5


    yi
    >
           IA
         4. «    *«*    ->


            S  2S   ill    S
                                                     mmm   o
                       •••  •»•    «»  !•»   »•««•»*   A

                       »«5  •»•»    41  *»   «3O   •
                                                        s u  a  s


                                                        f a  a  *
                                                        f< •»  m   •

                                                        £ **  5  "*
                                                                    >»«U
                                                                      **"  ***
                                                                                  u  *«•
                 i  s:
                                    ao  o«-
                                   *<*
                                             •   -. a
                      <«
                      » 5
                        3
                        iA
                                   jo*  aa    -  +   a—a   *   **<
                                   **l«Jr*d     *   <   ^*flpl   ^    *
                                    9  n*    o  «• •  ^
                                     U<  «. -i
                                                              u   »«»  »<
                                                                      f  Iff

                                                                      I  ill
                                                                                    u  <*-
 5*f*9   »«mrt   (S      «j^  •«
 353   833   3      3999
» * I »   *I4   *      • »  • »


        ill   5      II  II
                                                §  s   as
_ ^  saa  ls§a
* *  i < «  • • « »

||  5S|  II??
                       isv  ap»">**»«-"V'* **<•'"'__   -  __  _...__ — _  — ^ —
                       »*•  a^a-a^sj* S£*2"  »*  --  €^€**2^     *;•%  ^>?*"8
                                                           a?
             — if* ~  «*a«inii<>iii*   i  a«  »*i  •    «i««  *••»  VIWM  f>       s«
             • .o i jr-'rfk i i 1^.1 ««>*»»!*nio«>«i t«ii iMan»M.i i •) ry jr *>• # i i ••i*4«^*«t
            i—s«i t i0e*»^^$**«i . fn i a » i * ^ • 5 i  laisiai > i -^ ^ ^ • — • "  i T T j-
            I S I "»>« «B »^ ? — i *•• » I  I «n>«t i A»9<*«*»e>$ I ^»*3-l» T NO T i ^od*a i • i3>il«*slT
            I(%WMI» i 3««»i»*> i • »
                                                         if
                                                         I I
                                           ' i -of-» « «•
                                                         e s a   *-*e«ti<»Ji   -
                                                         — — u « « a *.iw a J s »  ««
                                                         ? •  is -£- >»S1 1 1 . 1-
                                                         ««'9*'as«i»ft.i u u C e s -
                                                                     H
                                                                     1:
                                                  E-4
                                                                                 ICF

-------
                                                          CSVER
«p*
tel

f
9
h.
a


I
        S.;
    Is
     «•» 4
     a
        t* 3 O«
        isf
        ssi
 * s
 s I
 « ^
4   >>
U   -•_

5  v-T
_  £ ~ "K,

S  ^-f
3  1-i
     1
       fl
       i *
       ss
       -s
                  •   xx  *ss
                                           E X  UXXX
                                        fi S •   *   ™ r*
                                        S gj".  e   -.-
                                             • MAi^rn
                                                      -*«M-»  am
                                                     i^«««  8—
                        IIIII
                                               w a »•* *r* i% • rf^
                                               -5" •*-
                                           1  1 1 1 4 1  1 1 1   1 1
                                                       « *

                                                       2 8
                  O


                  S
     fiiS =5
41    i * * *» * *

1    iliS II

            i
            i
                     -.«. 4
                S
             ,3>O>
                  IC~*vC">.«««N"»» — >5
                  i~.^-»-%^53j7'-, sjo*
                                                                             if
                                                                             •*
fisSff
iiiiii
                                                                             ;iT
                i   i iiiii||i|ifii|  || §    =ii|i
   — .*S.'«»fti — — *    SV.   !V — "• J^ — rfC«-»-1* — — — iJ«  —••" lA    !(*»»««•«
                                                                            111
                                      j».«. ^ *, ?,», * n.
             t Jf 5 S i .'V «  I
                          t • i t

                          « t •IA,
                          ft •"-— • -» "• •
                                                                - w
          4« i «« a
          u i »«--»^
              f.o»^l*^-.^>ff, — O^ — ^r-".^^ —-.<-^^j^«»
                                       — •« l (V i i i i  i > i   i^ii«i4ildVN4





                                       ^B 3fM *•.<•.*»M»^p»g»2 •» ••••3f»rfV»~".$—• — «-•«•
tm d

kVli|

0i|M
          1
               i O  — l

               ".Si

               'IS,
                  e  If-*
                  «  I!  g
                  «*  mm  I

                  I'f!  I
                  1; csil
               ip. .

              iilsSst,
                                               |
                                          Mi




                                    i     i
i!i§  Sir- i
M«i lU-'ii
iliil lm<
         ill

         sZJ
         e a s
                                                                     1 li
             13 » « * i • 'ft y^y^"*""™***1*1"* a t » t i «»3"»3j<*fc*-^«i*ssjE*;\*» •*
             »-oii«>e?>»->1-'- • >~ — i i i i t > a a s ; a «j* *>*uuw * • - •* >*
                                                     u u !
                                            •»— m • »««,•«•,«,-•"•,
                                                     rV-iSagOJ«??J!
                                                                             ^ - f
                                                                             51s

                                                                             II!
                                                                             * ««
                                            E-5

-------
                    APPENDIX F





EXAMPLE DATA ELEMENTS FOR FACILITY PRIORITIZATION

-------
                            APPENDIX F

        EXAHPLE DATA ELEMENTS FOR FACILITY  PRIORITIZATION


1,    What 1s the net recharge of tht facility area?


2.    What Is the distance from the unit to  the aquifer below the
     unit"?  If actual  depth Is unknown, circle closest approxlma-
     tlon of depth from ranges given below:

     Feet:  0-5   5-10   10-30   30-50   50-75   75-100   100+


3,    What 1s the slope of the surface topography within the
     facility boundary?  Circle closest approximation of slope
     from ranges given below:

     % Slope:   0-2   2-6   6-12   12-18   18+


4,    How deep 1s the soil layer beneath the facility?
     (Use soil references cited 1n RFI guidance.)


5.    Is there a surface water body downgradlent that 1s within
     two miles of the unit?

     If yes, what 1s the distance hetwen the surface water body
     and the unit?
6.   For land disposal facilities (that should have Information
     on hydraulic conductivity* hydraulic gradient, and effective
     porosity Included 1n their Part B permit applications),
     calculate the time of travel (TOT) to the *ac1!1ty boundary
     and the nearest drinking water well downgradl ent .  Refer to:

     C r 1 1 er1a for Identl f     Areas of Vu 1 ner&le
                                            _
           ffli F 1 na^JJune iS;  the t' 1 me of" Tri v el c a  uaton
     was developed by the U.S. EPA Office of Solid Haste as &
     tool to be used 1n assessl ng the vulntrabfl 1 ty of^ground
     water 1n different hydrogaol og1 c settings.

     The following steps should be completed when calculating TOT

     a)  What is the calculated or average  velocity (V) of  ground'
         water flow below the  facility?  (Refer to criteria dtyd
         above. )

-------
     b)   What  1s  the  distance  to:

         1}   facility boundary?
         2)   nearest  downgradient  drinking  water  well(s)?

         What  1s  the  TOT  for:

         1)   time tu  facility  boundary?
         2)   time to  nearest  downgradient  drinking  water well(s)?
             (Rtfer  to Criteria  cited  above.)


7.    F_gp_ facilities  other than land disposal  facilities, facilities
     located on karst terrain  or fractured  bedrock:

     If  a rapid ground water  velocity  Is suspected,  collect data
     on  hydraulic gradient, hydraulic  conductivity,  and effective
     porosity in  order to calculate TOT  from  the  unit to 1)
     facility boundary and 2}  nearest  drinking water well.


8,    WhaJ^ is/are  the  waste constituent (s)  of  concern?  If unknown,
     provide available information on  the  following aspects of
     the waste to allow reasonable Inferences  to  be drawn on what
     constituents are present.

     a)   Suspected classes of compounds  (e.g., organic solvents,
         inorganics ,  etc.);

     b)   Waste streams {e.g., pickle liquor);

     c)   Manufacturing proeess(es) s*hich produced waste.


9.    Are there any active production wells near the unit or
     7a~c"l lity?   If yes:

     a)   What  is the distance between the unit and the production
         wel1(s)?

     b)   What  1s the production capacity of the well(s)?

     c)   How old is  the unlt(s)?

-------
join MI
        DOCUMCHTATON
        PAGE
                              MO.
                                                                       Oclobcr.  1986
  KCRA  Facility Assessment  Guidance
                                                                                       Me
                                                                      ll. c«-«r»ctfC) x
                                                                      rci
                                                                      fOl
 IX.
Office of  Solid  Uaste/F.PA
401 M ;it n-et ,  S.W.
Washington,  D.C.   20460
                                                                      II.
                                                                      14.
 it. *«»»rwci aim* »oo MT«»  FJU-j j (t [ c s wliifti m.inagf  ha z a r don s w;isU's ;irc  ri-r,uiroo lo obtain  '[
 pi-rmlts undL-r the Ri'sourco  Const-rvnt ion nnd Rocovi-ry Act (RCKA)  of  1976.  This guid.1ni.-i-
 document  informs RCRA  pormit writors nnd  c>nf orn-mont officials of  prot fdurt-s tc bo  used  in
 conducting RCRA Facility  Assessments.  The  RCRA  Facility Assessment  is  the first stiip  0!
 the-  corrective action  process authorised  hy Sections 300i(u),  BOO^U'),  and 300^ (lO  of  RIKA
 as  amended by the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments  (HSWA)  of  1934.

                     The  RCRA corrective action program was established to  investigate  and
 require clean up of  releases of hazardous wastes or constituents  to  the environment .it
 facilities subject  to  RCRA  permits.  Releases to ground water, surface  water,  air,  soil,
 and  subsurface strata  may be addressed.   Contamin.it ion  from RCRA  facilities which has
 migrated beyond the  facility boundary may also be addressed.   When facilities  not being
 reviewed immediatel'  ror  issuance of a permit are found to have  releases of concern,  the
 releases may be addressed thronf,'-! the enforcement authority of Section   3008(h).
 17. Document An*ly*l* •.
                   T.rmt
   e- CO*ATI
 IL
                                                        It.
                                                               CUM rr*ii
                                                               CiM« n>'« **r*'i
                                                               .y.. f v- ••/
                                                                                 tl. Ho 91
         ir
                                                                                        172 l*-»7]
                                                                                    NTIJ-JJ)

-------